po: regenerate POT file and PO files

A line can only be partially offscreen when doing softwrapping.

.gitignore

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ core
 /ABOUT-NLS
 /INSTALL
 /aclocal.m4
+/ar-lib
 /autom4te.cache
 /compile
 /config.cache
@@ -34,6 +35,47 @@ core
 /mkinstalldirs
 /stamp-h1
 
+# gettext m4 files.
+/m4/codeset.m4
+/m4/extern-inline.m4
+/m4/fcntl-o.m4
+/m4/gettext.m4
+/m4/glibc2.m4
+/m4/glibc21.m4
+/m4/iconv.m4
+/m4/intdiv0.m4
+/m4/intl.m4
+/m4/intldir.m4
+/m4/intlmacosx.m4
+/m4/intmax.m4
+/m4/inttypes-pri.m4
+/m4/inttypes_h.m4
+/m4/lcmessage.m4
+/m4/lib-ld.m4
+/m4/lib-link.m4
+/m4/lib-prefix.m4
+/m4/lock.m4
+/m4/longlong.m4
+/m4/nls.m4
+/m4/po.m4
+/m4/printf-posix.m4
+/m4/progtest.m4
+/m4/size_max.m4
+/m4/stdint_h.m4
+/m4/threadlib.m4
+/m4/uintmax_t.m4
+/m4/visibility.m4
+/m4/wchar_t.m4
+/m4/wint_t.m4
+/m4/xsize.m4
+
+# gnulib entries
+/gnulib/
+/lib/
+/m4/.gitignore
+/m4/gnulib-cache.m4
+/snippet/
+
 /nano.spec
 /src/nano
 /src/revision.h

AUTHORS

@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org>
 David Lawrence Ramsey <pooka109@gmail.com>
 	* Former stable series maintainer.  Multiple buffer support,
 	  operating dir (-o) option, bug fixes for display routines,
-	  wrapping code, spelling fixes, const mode, parts of the
-	  UTF-8 support, and various other fixes.
+	  wrapping code, spelling fixes, constantshow mode, parts of
+	  UTF-8 support, softwrap overhaul, and various other fixes.
 
 Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org>
 	* Debian package maintainer, fellow bug squasher.
@@ -39,7 +39,8 @@ Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
 	* Gentoo package maintainer.  Whitespace display mode,
 	  --enable-utf8/--disable-utf8 configure options for ncurses,
 	  many new color regexes and improvements to existing color
-	  regexes for nanorc.sample, and miscellaneous bug fixes.
+	  regexes in syntax/*.nanorc, the move from svn to git, the
+	  conversion to gnulib, and miscellaneous bug fixes.
 
 Mark Majeres <mark@engine12.com>
 	* A functional undo/redo system, and coloring nano's interface.
@@ -56,6 +57,9 @@ Faissal Bensefia <faissaloo@gmail.com>
 Sumedh Pendurkar <sumedh.pendurkar@gmail.com>
 	* The word-completion feature.
 
+Rishabh Dave <rishabhddave@gmail.com>
+	* Searchable help.
+
 Benno Schulenberg <bensberg@justemail.net>
 	* An array of small bug fixes, the cut-word and block-jump
 	  routines, text selection by holding Shift, and some extra

IMPROVEMENTS

@@ -1,6 +1,13 @@
 Improvements in GNU nano
 ========================
 
+Since 2.8.0:
+  - Softwrapping can be done at whitespace (with --soft --atblanks).
+  - The ^G help texts have become searchable (with ^W and M-W).
+  - Ctrl+Home and Ctrl+End jump to start and end of file.
+  - In softwrap mode the cursor now moves per visual row instead of
+    per logical line, and the screen will scroll per row.
+
 Since 2.7.0:
   - The keystroke ^] to complete a fragment to an existing full word.
   - The ability to display line numbers in front of the text (M-#).

Makefile.am

@@ -1,7 +1,12 @@
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu no-dependencies
 
-SUBDIRS = doc m4 po src
+SUBDIRS = doc lib m4 po src
 
-EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.pre-2.1 IMPROVEMENTS README.GIT nano.spec
+if USE_COLOR
+SUBDIRS += syntax
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1999-2006 ChangeLog.2007-2015 \
+		IMPROVEMENTS README.GIT nano.spec
 
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

NEWS

@@ -1,3 +1,88 @@
+2017.07.21 - GNU nano 2.8.6 "Kekulé" offers a new feature: the ability
+		to do softwrapping between words -- at whitespace --
+		instead of always at the edge of the screen.  This can
+		be activated with -a or --atblanks or 'set atblanks'
+		together with the softwrap option.  This release further
+		fixes a handful of rare display glitches, fixes a build
+		failure on AIX, harmonizes the quoting rules in the rc
+		files, and renames the option 'cut' to 'cutfromcursor'
+		(please update your nanorc files before 2020).
+
+2017.06.25 - GNU nano 2.8.5 "Farouche" avoids a crash when waking from
+		a suspension that was induced from the outside, allows
+		negative line and column numbers on the command line,
+		avoids some flickering when resizing the screen while
+		in the file browser, opens files in the order they were
+		mentioned on the command line, and does not pretend to
+		have woken from suspension when receiving a SIGCONT.
+
+2017.05.21 - GNU nano 2.8.4 "Our Version of Events" includes the nanorc
+		man page again.
+
+2017.05.18 - GNU nano 2.8.3 "Hirsch" fixes a misplacement of the spotlight
+		during interactive replacing, avoids build failures on AIX
+		and Solaris, fixes a crash on Solaris, speeds up backwards
+		searching, improves PHP syntax highlighting, and no longer
+		asks “save anyway?” when the user ^Q discards the buffer.
+
+2017.05.04 - GNU nano 2.8.2 "Krats" adds another new feature: it makes
+		the ^G help texts searchable with ^W.  Apart from that,
+		it fixes a crash when resizing the window in the middle
+		of verbatim input, avoids an unlikely crash when used
+		without UTF-8 support in some locales, avoids redrawing
+		the screen twice when switching between buffers while
+		line numbers are active, and works around a coloring
+		bug on musl.  Plus tweaks to the documentation; plus
+		translation updates for fifteen languages.
+
+2017.04.12 - GNU nano 2.8.1 "Ellert" fixes build failures on MacOS and
+		on musl, fixes scrolling problems in softwrap mode when
+		double-width characters on row boundaries are involved,
+		shows double-width characters as ">" and "<" when split
+		across two rows, moves the cursor more predictably (at
+		the cost of sometimes putting it on the second "half"
+		of a character), avoids creating lines that consist of
+		only blanks when using autoindent, makes ^Home and ^End
+		go to the start and end of the file (on terminals that
+		support those keystrokes), places the cursor better when
+		linting, lets the linter ask only once whether to open
+		an included file, and adds bindings for ^Up and ^Down
+		in the file browser.  Don't sit on your hands.
+
+2017.03.31 - GNU nano 2.8.0 "Axat" makes it easier to move around in
+		softwrapped lines: the Up and Down keys now step from
+		visual row to visual row instead of jumping between
+		logical lines, and the Home and End keys now move to
+		the start and end of a row, and only when already
+		there, then to the start and end of the logical line.
+		Furthermore, the screen can now scroll per row instead
+		of always per logical line.  On an entirely different
+		front: nano now makes use of gnulib, to make it build
+		on more platforms.  In short: there were many internal
+		changes, not many user-visible ones (apart from the
+		new softwrap navigation).  The conversion to gnulib
+		was done by Mike Frysinger, the softwrap overhaul by
+		David Ramsey.
+
+
+2017.02.23 - GNU nano 2.7.5 "Nijntje" can properly search and replace
+		the \B and \b regex anchors, correctly repaints things
+		when multiline regexes with identical start and end are
+		involved, fixes a crash with zero-length regex matches,
+		does replacements at the edges of a marked region right,
+		no longer hides double-width characters at the head of
+		softwrapped rows, displays at most three warnings at
+		startup, and documents the ability to read a file from
+		standard input.  Come tickle my ears.
+
+2017.01.10 - GNU nano 2.7.4 "Red dress" undoes deletions in an orderly
+		manner again (bug was introduced in previous version),
+		sets the preferred x position for vertical movements
+		more consistently, avoids some scrolling problems in
+		softwrap mode, installs the Info manual also when your
+		system lacks 'makeinfo', and corrects the behavior of
+		the beginning-of-word anchor (\<) in regex searches.
+
 2016.12.28 - GNU nano 2.7.3 "Ontbijtkoek" wipes away a handful of bugs:
 		your editor is now able to handle filenames that contain
 		newlines, avoids a brief flash of color when switching
@@ -17,8 +102,8 @@
 		related to using line numbers in softwrap mode, allows to
 		use the PageUp and PageDown keys together with Shift on
 		VTE-based terminals, stops the help lines from flickering
-		during interactive replacing, makes a "set fill" override
-		an earlier "set nowrap", properly restores the selected
+		during interactive replacing, makes a 'set fill' override
+		an earlier 'set nowrap', properly restores the selected
 		region after an external spell check, and improves a few
 		other tidbits.  If you should find any more bugs, please
 		run 'man nano | grep bugs' and report them there.
@@ -59,7 +144,7 @@
 		input (M-V followed by a six-digit hexadecimal number which
 		must start with 0 or 10), avoids a crash when resizing the
 		window during Verbatim input, doesn't drop a keystroke after
-		having been suspended, and replaces the	beginning-of-line
+		having been suspended, and replaces the beginning-of-line
 		anchor (^) just once per line.  There are also several tiny
 		improvements in screen rendering and key handling.  Come get
 		your hair tousled!
@@ -208,13 +293,12 @@
 		handling of --tempfile mode, and better handling of
 		command line arguments when also attempting to specify
 		+<line number>.  As always, please file any bugs you
-		find at the Savannah page for nano, at
-		https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/index.php?42639 and
-		thanks for using nano.
+		find via https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano
+		and thanks for using nano.
 
-2014.06.02 - GNU nano 2.3.4 won't leave you high, won't leave you dry.  This
-		release contains only a small number of fixes, but in
-		particular allows nano to compile on non-UTF-8 curses
+2014.06.02 - GNU nano 2.3.4 won't leave you high, won't leave you dry.
+		This release contains only a small number of fixes, but
+		in particular allows nano to compile on non-UTF-8 curses
 		implementations (i.e. libncursesw).  Other small fixes to
 		the undo implementation and the default syntax config are
 		also included.  As always, Share and Enjoy!
@@ -259,11 +343,11 @@
 		has been added on top of the existing file extension
 		and header support already available.  Secondly, cursor
 		position can be saved between editing sessions with
-		the -P or --poslog command-line flag, or via "set poslog"
+		the -P or --poslog command-line flag, or via 'set poslog'
 		in your .nanorc.  Also included are some fixes for
 		compilation with g++, and better handling of issues
 		writing the backup file, which should reduce the need
-		for the "set allow_insecure_backup" nanorc option.
+		for the 'set allow_insecure_backup' nanorc option.
 		Don't stop, get it get it, don't stop, get it get it.
 
 
@@ -283,7 +367,7 @@
 		being used out of crontab).  For very strange situations
 		(such as where you cannot change the permissions on the
 		file you're writing), there is a new rc file option
-		"allow_insecure_backup" to be even more permissive and
+		'allow_insecure_backup' to be even more permissive and
 		allow the write to proceed.  Also included are some
 		syntax highlighting updates, and that is about it.
 		Keep fighting the good fight children.
@@ -474,16 +558,16 @@
 		an internal error occurs in the undo code, and fixes for
 		various combinations of configure-time options and
 		compiler flags.  Also included is new support for
-		changing the rc file name at configure time, and
-		using GNU-style regexes for word-boundaries on systems
-		which do not support them natively, as well as the ever
-		popular translation updates.  Rock the tarball.
+		changing the rc file name at configure time, and using
+		GNU-style regexes for word-boundaries on systems which
+		do not support them natively, as well as the ever popular
+		translation updates.  Rock the tarball.
 
 2008.08.09 - GNU nano 2.1.4 "I told you so!" is released.  This release
 		includes fixes for several severe issues with the new
-		undo/redo code.  Also the behavior of writing
-		files when using backup mode has changed as well: if writing
-		the backup file fails, nano will not attempt to write the
+		undo/redo code.  Also the behavior of writing files when
+		using backup mode has changed as well: if writing the
+		backup file fails, nano will not attempt to write the
 		current file.  This should help folks who enjoy "extreme
 		text editing", i.e. editing files on file systems which
 		are likely to run out of space; see Savannah bug #24000.
@@ -507,7 +591,7 @@
 		compiling on AIX, and a segfault when making the terminal
 		window too small.  Rest in Peace Tim and George!
 
-2008.04.01 - GNU nano 2.1.1 wont get fooled again.  This release contains
+2008.04.01 - GNU nano 2.1.1 won't get fooled again.  This release contains
 		fixes for the new user-rebindable keys (in particular
 		bracket match which was mis-bound), and various
 		problems with translations and configure-related
@@ -672,7 +756,7 @@
 		focuses mostly on bugfixes, which include better
 		handling of the cursor at the statusbar prompt, support
 		for certain combinations of Shift and keypad keys in
-		both normal and --rebind-keypad mode, a fix for a minor
+		both normal and --rebindkeypad mode, a fix for a minor
 		display problem after some searches, a real fix for a
 		long-standing segfault when displaying overly long
 		lines, and a real fix for nano's not hanging up properly
@@ -1189,28 +1273,27 @@
 		Have fun with it.
 
 2001.03.22 - GNU Nano 1.0 is released!  The autoindent wrapping bug
-		has been fixed, as well as strange bug when using Pico
+		has been fixed, as well as a strange bug when using Pico
 		mode and regex search.  There have also been some minor
 		spelling and documentation updates.  As stated on the
 		website, there are currently no known bugs with nano,
 		but some will pop up eventually and they will be
 		addressed in subsequent releases.  We hope you enjoy
 		this first stable release of nano, and as always,
-		feedback is welcome! nano@nano-editor.org.
+		feedback is welcome!  <nano@nano-editor.org>
 
 
-2001.02.19 - Nano 0.9.99pre3 brings a lot of changes!  The most
-		important being that nano is now officially a GNU
-		program.  Some changes have been made for GNU
-		compatibility (like the default list of shortcuts, "^G
-		Get Help" is now Listed and "^_ Goto Line" is not).  The
-		Yes/No/All keys have finally been internationalized
-		also.  All in all, quite a few changes, considering nano
-		is supposed to be in a code freeze.  But there are the
-		usual helping of bugfixes, a nasty bug when cutting text
-		in -k mode and some compatibility issues with older
-		ncurses libraries have also been fixed.  All in all, a
-		lot to see.
+2001.02.19 - Nano 0.9.99pre3 brings a lot of changes!  The most important
+		being that nano is now officially a GNU program.  Some
+		changes have been made for GNU compatibility (like in the
+		default list of shortcuts: "^G Get Help" is now listed
+		and "^_ Goto Line" is not).  The Yes/No/All keys have
+		finally been internationalized also.  All in all, quite
+		a few changes, considering nano is supposed to be in
+		a code freeze.  But there are the usual helping of
+		bugfixes, a nasty bug when cutting text in -k mode and
+		some compatibility issues with older ncurses libraries
+		have also been fixed.  All in all, a lot to see.
 
 2001.01.31 - Nano 0.9.99pre2 is released.  Not surprisingly, all that is
 		new is bugfixes, bugfixes, bugfixes.  There were a few
@@ -1219,7 +1302,7 @@
 		is now a preliminary (read: needs testing) fix for
 		resizing the editor in any mode other than normal edit
 		mode.  Other fixes include some more tab completion
-		segfaults, and an silly segfault that occurred when
+		segfaults, and a silly segfault that occurred when
 		successfully writing a file on the 2nd try (i.e. after
 		an initial write error).  Slowly but surely, on toward
 		1.0 we travel.

README

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ How to compile and install nano
 	default installation directory of /usr/local.
 
 	If you haven't configured with the --disable-nanorc option, after
-	installation you may want to copy the doc/nanorc.sample file to
+	installation you may want to copy the doc/sample.nanorc file to
 	your home directory, rename it to ".nanorc", and then edit it
 	according to your taste.
 
@@ -65,5 +65,12 @@ Bug Reports
 
 Current Status
 
-	GNU nano has reached its seventh milestone, 2.6.x.  Since 2.5.0, it
-	is a "rolling" release: bug fixing and development go hand in hand.
+	Since version 2.5.0, GNU nano has abandoned the distinction between
+	a stable and a development branch: it is now on a "rolling" release
+	-- fixing bugs and adding new features go hand in hand.
+
+Copyright Years
+
+	When in any file of this package a copyright notice mentions a
+	year range (such as 1999-2011), it is a shorthand for a list of
+	all the years in that interval.

README.GIT

@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ Prerequisites
 To successfully compile GNU nano from git, you'll need the following
 packages:
 
-- autoconf    (version >= 2.61)
-- automake    (version >= 1.7)
-- autopoint   (version >= 0.11.5)
-- gettext     (version >= 0.11.5)
+- autoconf    (version >= 2.69)
+- automake    (version >= 1.14)
+- autopoint   (version >= 0.18.3)
+- gettext     (version >= 0.18.3)
 - git         (version >= 2.7.4)
 - groff       (version >= 1.12)
 - pkg-config  (version >= 0.22)
@@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ packages:
 
 If you want UTF-8 support, you will also need libncursesw5-dev installed
 (version >= 5.7), or libslang2-dev (version >= 2.0) if you use --with-slang.
-If your system doesn't have 'snprintf' or 'vsnprintf' (which the configure
-script will check for), you will also need glib-2.x installed.
 
 These should all be available in your distro's package manager or software
 center, or otherwise on any GNU mirror.

TODO

@@ -1,31 +1,12 @@
 A list of desired features
 --------------------------
 
-Vague musings:
-- FriBidi support?
-- Make matching bracket searches sophisticated enough to skip over
-  brackets inside comments?
-- Allow indentation of marked text by spaces as well as tabs?
-- Allow indentation to add just enough columns to reach the nearest
-  multiple of tabsize, rather than always adding tabsize columns?
-- Allow conversion between different character sets.  Maybe use glib's
-  iconv() if the system's iconv() is inadequate, since we already use
-  glib's vsnprintf() if the system lacks vsnprintf()?
-- Allow setting marks (saved positions, not to be confused with the mark
-  set via Ctrl-^) at various lines and/or columns in the buffer, and
-  allow movement between them with a single keystroke?
-- Allow searching for and replacing newlines?
-  See also https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?47053.
-- New regression framework built on expect?
-- Add the ability to move to different lines of the screen with a single
-  keystroke, e.g. M-` (M-~) to go to the top line, M-& (M-7) to go to
-  the center line, and M-' (M-") to go to the last line?
-
 Somewhat urgent:
-- Allow text searches in the help viewer.
-  See https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?28994.
+- Make undo/redo work also for justifying and indenting.
 - Detect when text is being pasted, so that we can handle it faster.
   See https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?40060.
+- Allow to define and execute a macro: a stored sequence of keystrokes.
+  See https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?50314.
 - Allow color syntaxes to apply to more than just color, so that we can
   e.g. specify a different alternate spell checker depending on which
   file type we have open.
@@ -33,6 +14,20 @@ Somewhat urgent:
   the command's output -- that is: generalize the spell-check flow.
   See also https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?28993.
 
+Vague musings:
+- FriBidi support?
+- Allow setting marks (saved positions, not to be confused with the
+  mark set via Ctrl-^) at various lines and/or columns in the buffer,
+  and allow movement between them with a single keystroke?
+- Make matching bracket searches sophisticated enough to skip over
+  brackets inside comments?
+- Allow indentation of marked text by spaces as well as tabs?
+- Allow indentation to add just enough columns to reach the nearest
+  multiple of tabsize, rather than always adding tabsize columns?
+
+For version 2.8:
+- Allow text searches in the help viewer. [DONE]
+
 For version 2.4:
 - Handle window resizes better.  After we've resized, we should stay
   wherever we were before we resized, as Pico does. [DONE]
@@ -65,14 +60,13 @@ For version 2.0:
 
 For version 1.2:
 - Single-line scroll up/down? [DONE]
-- Color syntax highlighting? (Certainly seems like there's a demand for
-  it.) [DONE]
-- .nanorc [DONE]
+- Color syntax highlighting? (There seems to be a demand for it.) [DONE]
+- Support for a .nanorc file. [DONE]
 - Backup making (filename~)? [DONE]
 - Search/replace string history. [DONE]
 - Implement Pico's -j and -g flags, as they are pretty easy to do. [DONE]
 - Make mouse support work with clicking on the shortcuts (-m). [DONE]
-- Implement -o (chroot of sorts). [DONE]
+- Implement -o (--operatingdir, a chroot of sorts). [DONE]
 - Allow -r to take a negative argument, meaning right margin instead of
   left (allows resizing that way), formerly -W arg. [DONE]
 
@@ -83,7 +77,6 @@ For version 1.0:
 - Allow nano to be resized in X. [DONE]
 - On PageUp/Down, put the cursor on the first line (like Pico), not the
   center line. [DONE]
-- Rewrite edit_refresh, if at all possible. [DONE]
 - Implement justify function. [DONE]
 - Cut to end of line. [DONE]
 - Built-in speller command. [DONE]

autogen.sh

@@ -1,4 +1,48 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 # Generate configure & friends for GIT users.
 
+gnulib_url="git://git.sv.gnu.org/gnulib.git"
+gnulib_hash="c7711db84f251d9e580d9fa53a070fa97ae89095"
+
+modules="
+	futimens
+	getdelim
+	getline
+	getopt-gnu
+	glob
+	isblank
+	iswblank
+	lstat
+	nl_langinfo
+	regex
+	sigaction
+	snprintf-posix
+	stdarg
+	strcase
+	strcasestr-simple
+	strnlen
+	sys_wait
+	vsnprintf-posix
+	wchar
+	wctype-h
+	wcwidth
+"
+
+# Make sure the local gnulib git repo is up-to-date.
+if [ ! -d "gnulib" ]; then
+	git clone --depth=123 ${gnulib_url}
+fi
+cd gnulib >/dev/null || exit 1
+curr_hash=$(git log -1 --format=%H)
+if [ "${gnulib_hash}" != "${curr_hash}" ]; then
+	git pull
+	git checkout -f ${gnulib_hash}
+fi
+cd .. >/dev/null || exit 1
+
+rm -rf lib
+./gnulib/gnulib-tool \
+	--import \
+	${modules}
+
 autoreconf -f -i -s

configure.ac

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # Configuration for GNU nano - a small and user-friendly text editor
 #
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
-# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2014, 2017 Mike Frysinger
 #
 # GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
@@ -16,20 +16,30 @@
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
 
-AC_INIT([GNU nano], [2.7.3], [nano-devel@gnu.org], [nano])
+AC_INIT([GNU nano], [2.8.6], [nano-devel@gnu.org], [nano])
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/nano.c])
 AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.14])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
 
 dnl Make sure the ONCE macros are available.
 
-AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_PREREQ([2.69])
+
+dnl Lie about gnulib features we don't use to speed up & shrink down.
+
+gl_cv_func_printf_directive_n=yes
+gl_cv_func_printf_infinite_long_double=yes
+gl_cv_func_printf_long_double=yes
+gl_cv_func_snprintf_directive_n=yes
+gl_cv_glob_lists_symlinks=yes
 
 dnl Checks for programs.
 
 AC_GNU_SOURCE
 AC_PROG_CC
+gl_EARLY
+gl_INIT
 AC_PROG_LN_S
 AC_ISC_POSIX
 AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
@@ -37,7 +47,7 @@ PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
 
 dnl Internationalization macros.
 
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.18.3])
 AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
 AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_NLS, test x$USE_NLS = xyes)
 
@@ -48,14 +58,19 @@ AC_DEFINE_DIR([PKGDATADIR], [pkgdatadir], [Where data are placed to.])
 
 dnl Checks for header files.
 
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(getopt.h libintl.h limits.h regex.h sys/param.h wchar.h wctype.h stdarg.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libintl.h limits.h pwd.h termios.h sys/param.h)
 
 dnl Checks for options.
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(browser,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-browser], [Disable built-in file browser]))
-if test "x$enable_browser" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_BROWSER, 1, [Define this to disable the built-in file browser.])
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-browser], [Disable the built-in file browser]))
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_browser" != xyes; then
+	enable_browser=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$enable_browser" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_BROWSER, 1, [Define this to enable the built-in file browser.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(color,
@@ -71,19 +86,11 @@ fi
 if test "x$enable_color" = xno; then
     AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_COLOR, 1, [Define this to disable syntax highlighting.])
 else
-    if test x$ac_cv_header_regex_h != xyes; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** The header file regex.h was not found.  If you wish to have
-*** color support, this header file is required.  Please either
-*** install C libraries that include the regex.h file, or call
-*** the configure script with --disable-color.])
-    else
-	color_support=yes
-    fi
+    color_support=yes
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(comment,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-comment], [Disable comment/uncomment functions]))
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-comment], [Disable the comment/uncomment function]))
 if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
     if test "x$enable_comment" = xyes; then
 	AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-comment cannot work with --enable-tiny])
@@ -91,22 +98,37 @@ if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
 	enable_comment=no
     fi
 fi
-if test "x$disable_comment" != xyes; then
-    if test "x$enable_comment" != xno; then
-	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_COMMENT, 1, [Define this to enable the comment/uncomment function.])
-    fi
+if test "x$enable_comment" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_COMMENT, 1, [Define this to enable the comment/uncomment function.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(extra,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-extra], [Disable extra features, currently only easter eggs]))
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-extra], [Disable the Easter egg]))
 if test "x$enable_extra" = xno; then
     AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_EXTRA, 1, [Define this to disable extra stuff.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(help,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-help], [Disable help functions]))
-if test "x$enable_help" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_HELP, 1, [Define this to disable the help text display.])
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-help], [Disable the built-in help texts]))
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_help" = xyes; then
+	if test "x$enable_multibuffer" != xyes; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-help needs --enable-multibuffer to work])
+	fi
+    else
+	enable_help=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$enable_multibuffer" = xno; then
+    if test "x$enable_help" = xyes; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-help cannot work with --disable-multibuffer])
+    else
+	# Disabling multibuffer silently disables the help texts.
+	enable_help=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$enable_help" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_HELP, 1, [Define this to enable the Ctrl+G help texts.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(histories,
@@ -116,7 +138,7 @@ if test "x$enable_histories" = xno; then
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(justify,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-justify], [Disable justify/unjustify functions]))
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-justify], [Disable the justify/unjustify functions]))
 if test "x$enable_justify" = xno; then
     AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_JUSTIFY, 1, [Define this to disable the justify routines.])
 fi
@@ -131,52 +153,69 @@ if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
 	enable_linenumbers=no
     fi
 fi
-if test "x$disable_linenumbers" != xyes; then
-    if test "x$enable_linenumbers" != xno; then
-	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_LINENUMBERS, 1, [Define this to enable line numbering.])
-    fi
+if test "x$enable_linenumbers" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_LINENUMBERS, 1, [Define this to enable line numbering.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(mouse,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-mouse], [Disable mouse support (and -m flag)]))
-if test "x$enable_mouse" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_MOUSE, 1, [Define this to disable the mouse support.])
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-mouse], [Disable mouse support]))
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_mouse" != xyes; then
+	enable_mouse=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$enable_mouse" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_MOUSE, 1, [Define this to enable mouse support.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(multibuffer,
 AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-multibuffer], [Disable multiple file buffers]))
-if test "x$enable_multibuffer" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER, 1, [Define this to disable multiple file buffers.])
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_multibuffer" != xyes; then
+	enable_multibuffer=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$enable_multibuffer" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_MULTIBUFFER, 1, [Define this to enable multiple file buffers.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(nanorc,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-nanorc], [Disable use of .nanorc files]))
-if test "x$enable_nanorc" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_NANORC, 1, [Define this to disable the use of .nanorc files.])
-else
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-nanorc], [Disable the use of .nanorc files]))
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_nanorc" != xyes; then
+	enable_nanorc=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$enable_nanorc" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NANORC, 1, [Define this to enable the use of .nanorc files.])
     nanorc_support=yes
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(operatingdir,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-operatingdir], [Disable setting of operating directory (chroot of sorts)]))
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-operatingdir], [Disable the setting of an operating directory]))
 if test "x$enable_operatingdir" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_OPERATINGDIR, 1, [Define this to disable the setting of the operating directory (chroot of sorts).])
+    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_OPERATINGDIR, 1, [Define this to disable the setting of an operating directory (a chroot of sorts).])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(speller,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-speller], [Disable spell checker functions]))
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-speller], [Disable the spell-checker functions]))
 if test "x$enable_speller" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_SPELLER, 1, [Define this to disable the spell checker functions.])
+    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_SPELLER, 1, [Define this to disable the spell-checker functions.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(tabcomp,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-tabcomp], [Disable tab completion functions]))
-if test "x$enable_tabcomp" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_TABCOMP, 1, [Define this to disable the tab completion functions for filenames and search strings.])
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-tabcomp], [Disable the tab-completion functions]))
+if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
+    if test "x$enable_tabcomp" != xyes; then
+	enable_tabcomp=no
+    fi
+fi
+if test "x$enable_tabcomp" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TABCOMP, 1, [Define this to have tab completion for filenames and search strings.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(wordcomp,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-wordcomp], [Disable the word completion function]))
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-wordcomp], [Disable the word-completion function]))
 if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
     if test "x$enable_wordcomp" = xyes; then
 	AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-wordcomp cannot work with --enable-tiny])
@@ -184,16 +223,14 @@ if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
 	enable_wordcomp=no
     fi
 fi
-if test "x$disable_wordcomp" != xyes; then
-    if test "x$enable_wordcomp" != xno; then
-	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_WORDCOMPLETION, 1, [Define this to enable the word completion function.])
-    fi
+if test "x$enable_wordcomp" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_WORDCOMPLETION, 1, [Define this to enable the word-completion function.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(wrapping,
-AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-wrapping], [Disable all wrapping of text (and -w flag)]))
+AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-wrapping], [Disable all hard-wrapping of text]))
 if test "x$enable_wrapping" = xno; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_WRAPPING, 1, [Define this to disable all text wrapping.])
+    AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_WRAPPING, 1, [Define this to disable all hard text wrapping.])
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(wrapping-as-root,
@@ -205,7 +242,7 @@ fi
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
 AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [Enable debugging (disabled by default)]))
 if test "x$enable_debug" = xyes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define this to enable debug messages and assert warnings.])
+    AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define this to enable debug messages and abortion on failing asserts.])
 else
     AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Shut up assert warnings :-)])
 fi
@@ -214,23 +251,17 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(tiny,
 AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-tiny], [Disable features for the sake of size]))
 if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
     AC_DEFINE(NANO_TINY, 1, [Define this to make the nano executable as small as possible.])
-    if test "x$enable_browser" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_BROWSER, 1, [Define this to disable the built-in file browser.])
-    fi
     if test "x$enable_color" != xyes; then
 	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_COLOR, 1, [Define this to disable syntax highlighting.])
 	color_support=no
     else
 	if test "x$enable_nanorc" != xyes; then
-	    AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-color with --enable-tiny cannot work without --enable-nanorc])
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-color needs --enable-nanorc to work])
 	fi
     fi
     if test "x$enable_extra" != xyes; then
 	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_EXTRA, 1, [Define this to disable extra stuff.])
     fi
-    if test "x$enable_help" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_HELP, 1, [Define this to disable the help text display.])
-    fi
     if test "x$enable_histories" != xyes; then
 	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_HISTORIES, 1, [Define this to disable search and position histories.])
     fi
@@ -240,23 +271,11 @@ if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
     if test "x$enable_libmagic" != xyes; then
 	enable_libmagic=no
     fi
-    if test "x$enable_mouse" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_MOUSE, 1, [Define this to disable the mouse support.])
-    fi
-    if test "x$enable_multibuffer" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER, 1, [Define this to disable multiple file buffers.])
-    fi
-    if test "x$enable_nanorc" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_NANORC, 1, [Define this to disable the use of .nanorc files.])
-    fi
     if test "x$enable_operatingdir" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_OPERATINGDIR, 1, [Define this to disable the setting of the operating directory (chroot of sorts).])
+	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_OPERATINGDIR, 1, [Define this to disable the setting of an operating directory (a chroot of sorts).])
     fi
     if test "x$enable_speller" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_SPELLER, 1, [Define this to disable the spell checker functions.])
-    fi
-    if test "x$enable_tabcomp" != xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_TABCOMP, 1, [Define this to disable the tab completion functions for files and search strings.])
+	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_SPELLER, 1, [Define this to disable the spell-checker functions.])
     fi
     if test "x$enable_wrapping" != xyes; then
 	AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_WRAPPING, 1, [Define this to disable all text wrapping.])
@@ -467,30 +486,9 @@ int main(void)
 
 dnl Checks for functions.
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getdelim getline isblank strcasecmp strcasestr strncasecmp strnlen snprintf vsnprintf)
-
 if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
-    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iswalnum iswblank iswpunct iswspace nl_langinfo mblen mbstowcs mbtowc wctomb wcwidth)
+    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iswalnum iswpunct mblen mbstowcs mbtowc wctomb)
 fi
-
-if test x$ac_cv_func_snprintf = xno; then
-    AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0(2.0.0,,
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** snprintf() not found.  GLIB 2.x not found either.
-*** You should install the GLIB 2.x library which can
-*** be found at http://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-	glib)
-fi
-
-if test x$ac_cv_func_vsnprintf = xno; then
-    AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0(2.0.0,,
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** vsnprintf() not found.  GLIB 2.x not found either.
-*** You should install the GLIB 2.x library which can
-*** be found at http://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-	glib)
-fi
-
 dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
 
 dnl Checks for available flags.
@@ -500,8 +498,6 @@ AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-Wall], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"], [], [])
 dnl Checks for library functions.
 
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
-AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getopt_long)
 
 dnl Checks for libraries.
 
@@ -566,10 +562,13 @@ else
 fi
 
 AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [use_default_colors],
-	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_USE_DEFAULT_COLORS, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the use_default_colors() command.])],
+	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_USE_DEFAULT_COLORS, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the use_default_colors() function.])],
+	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
+AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [set_escdelay],
+	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SET_ESCDELAY, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the set_escdelay() function.])],
 	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
 AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [key_defined],
-	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_KEY_DEFINED, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the key_defined() command.])],
+	     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_KEY_DEFINED, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the key_defined() function.])],
 	     [], [$CURSES_LIB])
 
 dnl Parse any configure options.
@@ -578,25 +577,15 @@ LIBS="$LIBS $CURSES_LIB"
 
 AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIB)
 
-if test "x$GLIB_CFLAGS" != "x"; then
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-fi
-if test "x$GLIB_LIBS" != "x"; then
-    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $GLIB_LIBS"
-fi
-
 if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno && \
     test x$CURSES_LIB_WIDE = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_iswalnum = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_iswpunct = xyes && \
-    (test x$ac_cv_func_iswblank = xyes || test x$ac_cv_func_iswspace = xyes) && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_nl_langinfo = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mblen = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mbstowcs = xyes && \
     test x$ac_cv_func_mbtowc = xyes && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_wctomb = xyes && \
-    test x$ac_cv_func_wcwidth = xyes; then
-	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UTF8, 1, [Define this if your system has sufficient UTF-8 support (a wide curses library, iswalnum(), iswpunct(), iswblank() or iswspace(), nl_langinfo, mblen(), mbstowcs(), mbtowc(), wctomb(), and wcwidth()).])
+    test x$ac_cv_func_wctomb = xyes; then
+	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UTF8, 1, [Define this if your system has sufficient UTF-8 support.])
 else
     if test "x$enable_utf8" = xyes; then
 	AC_MSG_ERROR([
@@ -615,38 +604,43 @@ else
     fi
 fi
 
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for enhanced regular expression flag], nano_cv_flag_reg_extended,
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for enhanced regular expression flag], nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced,
 	       [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <regex.h>]],
 						   [[
 						     #ifndef REG_ENHANCED
 						     error: No REG_ENHANCED support!
 						     #endif
 						   ]])],
-				  [nano_cv_flag_reg_extended="REG_EXTENDED | REG_ENHANCED"],
-				  [nano_cv_flag_reg_extended="REG_EXTENDED"])])
+				  [nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced=yes],
+				  [nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced=no])])
+dnl The bundled gnulib regex module doesn't support REG_ENHANCED.
+if test "$ac_use_included_regex" = "yes"; then
+    nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced="no"
+fi
+if test "$nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced" = "yes"; then
+    nano_reg_extended="REG_EXTENDED | REG_ENHANCED"
+else
+    nano_reg_extended="REG_EXTENDED"
+fi
 
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NANO_REG_EXTENDED, $nano_cv_flag_reg_extended,
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NANO_REG_EXTENDED, $nano_reg_extended,
 		   [Flag(s) to use to get the full range of extended regular expressions])
 
-if test x$color_support = xyes; then
-	# Now check for the end-of-word boundary support (/< and />).
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU-style word boundary regex support])
+# Check for word-boundary support (/< and />).
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU-style word boundary regex support])
+AC_ARG_WITH(wordbounds,
+AS_HELP_STRING([--with-wordbounds], [Use GNU-style word boundary delimiters]),
+	[with_wordbounds=$withval], [with_wordbounds=auto])
+if test "$with_wordbounds" != "no"; then
+    dnl If we're using the bundled gnulib regex module, we know it's supported.
+    if test "$ac_use_included_regex" = "yes"; then
+        with_wordbounds="yes"
+    fi
 
-	AC_ARG_WITH(wordbounds,
-        AS_HELP_STRING([--with-wordbounds], [Use GNU-style word boundary delimiters]),
-	[ case "$with_wordbounds" in
-	    no)
-		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-		;;
-	    *)
-		AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-		# We explicitly don't check if the user forced the option, because
-		# this is needed for cross compilers and we can't test the target.
-		AC_DEFINE(GNU_WORDBOUNDS, 1, [Define this if the system supports GNU-style word boundaries in regexes.]) gnu_wordbounds=yes,
-		;;
-	  esac
-	], [
-	    AC_TRY_RUN([
+    dnl We explicitly don't check if the user forced the option, because
+    dnl this is needed for cross compilers and we can't test the target.
+    if test "$with_wordbounds" != "yes"; then
+        AC_TRY_RUN([
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #endif
@@ -657,19 +651,31 @@ int main(void)
     size_t nmatch;
     regmatch_t pmatch;
 
-    if (regcomp(&r, "\\\\>", $nano_cv_flag_reg_extended|REG_NOSUB))
+    if (regcomp(&r, "\\\\>", $nano_reg_extended|REG_NOSUB))
 	return 1;
     if (regexec(&r, "word boundary", nmatch, &pmatch, 0))
 	return 1;
     return 0;
 }],
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	    AC_DEFINE(GNU_WORDBOUNDS, 1, [Define this if the system supports GNU-style word boundaries in regexes.]) gnu_wordbounds=yes,
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
-	    AC_MSG_WARN([*** Can't check for GNU-style word boundary support when cross-compiling])
-	)
-])
+        with_wordbounds="yes",
+        with_wordbounds="no",
+        with_wordbounds="cross")
+    fi
+fi
+case $with_wordbounds in
+yes)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+    AC_DEFINE(GNU_WORDBOUNDS, 1, [Define this if the system supports GNU-style word boundaries in regexes.])
+    ;;
+no)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+    ;;
+cross)
+    AC_MSG_WARN([*** Can't check for GNU-style word boundary support when cross-compiling])
+    ;;
+esac
 
+if test x$color_support = xyes; then
 #    if test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = xcurses; then
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is needed])
 	AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -689,7 +695,7 @@ int main(void)
     int testcolor = COLOR_WHITE;
     return 0;
 }],
-	AC_DEFINE(NEED_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Define this if you need the _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED macro for color support])
+	AC_DEFINE(NEED_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Define this if you need the _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED macro for color support.])
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(not sure)
 	AC_MSG_WARN([*** Couldn't successfully compile basic color test with or without _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED])
@@ -707,7 +713,7 @@ int main(void)
     COLS = 25;
     return 0;
 }],
-AC_DEFINE(REDEFINING_MACROS_OK, 1, [Define this if you know your curses library allows LINES and COLS to be redefined to deal with a resizing bug])
+AC_DEFINE(REDEFINING_MACROS_OK, 1, [Define this if you know your curses library allows LINES and COLS to be redefined to deal with a resizing bug.])
 AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),
 AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
 AC_MSG_WARN([*** Can't check for macro redefinability when cross-compiling]))
@@ -733,10 +739,6 @@ else
 fi
 AM_CONDITIONAL(GROFF_HTML, test x$groff_html_support = xyes)
 
-# Check for the availability of makeinfo.
-AC_CHECK_PROG(haveit, makeinfo, yes, no)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_MAKEINFO, test x$haveit = xyes)
-
 # Check whether this is a git repository.
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether building from git])
 if test -d .git ; then
@@ -751,14 +753,12 @@ AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILDING_FROM_GIT, test x$from_git = xyes)
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([
 Makefile
 doc/Makefile
-doc/nanorc.sample
-doc/man/Makefile
-doc/man/fr/Makefile
-doc/syntax/Makefile
-doc/texinfo/Makefile
+doc/sample.nanorc
+lib/Makefile
 m4/Makefile
 po/Makefile.in
 src/Makefile
+syntax/Makefile
 nano.spec
 ])
 

doc/.gitignore

@@ -1 +1,7 @@
-/nanorc.sample
+nano.1.html
+rnano.1.html
+nanorc.5.html
+texinfo.tex
+nano.info
+nano.html
+sample.nanorc

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,33 @@
-SUBDIRS = man
-
-if HAVE_MAKEINFO
-SUBDIRS += texinfo
-endif
-
-if USE_COLOR
-SUBDIRS += syntax
-endif
+SUBDIRS =
+BUILT_SOURCES =
 
 dist_html_DATA = faq.html
+
+dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
+html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
+
+if USE_NANORC
+dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
+html_pages += nanorc.5.html
+endif
+
+nano.1.html: nano.1
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+rnano.1.html: rnano.1
+	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
+
+if GROFF_HTML
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
+dist_html_DATA += $(html_pages)
+endif
+
+info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += nano.html
+dist_html_DATA += nano.html
+
+AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = --no-split -c HEADERS=0
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(info_TEXINFOS)

doc/faq.html

@@ -5,23 +5,25 @@
   <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 </head>
 <body text="#330000" bgcolor="#ffffff" link="#0000ef" vlink="#51188e" alink="#ff0000">
+
 <h1>The GNU nano editor FAQ</h1>
 <h2>Table of Contents</h2>
 <h2><a href="#1">1. General</a></h2>
-<blockquote><p><a href="#1.1">1.1 About this FAQ</a><br>
-  <a href="#1.2">1.2. How do I contribute to it?</a><br>
-  <a href="#1.3">1.3. What is GNU nano?</a><br>
-  <a href="#1.4">1.4. What is the history behind nano?</a><br>
-  <a href="#1.5">1.5. Why the name change from TIP?</a><br>
-  <a href="#1.6">1.6. What is the current version of nano?</a><br>
-  <a href="#1.7">1.7. I want to read the manpage without having to download the program!</a></p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>
+  <a href="#1.1">1.1. What is GNU nano?</a><br>
+  <a href="#1.2">1.2. What is the history behind nano?</a><br>
+  <a href="#1.3">1.3. Why the name change from TIP?</a><br>
+  <a href="#1.4">1.4. What is the current version of nano?</a><br>
+  <a href="#1.5">1.5. I want to read the manpage without having to download the program!</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#2">2. Where to get GNU nano.</a></h2>
-<blockquote><p><a href="#2.1">2.1. FTP and WWW sites that carry nano.</a><br>
+<blockquote><p>
+  <a href="#2.1">2.1. FTP and WWW sites that carry nano.</a><br>
   <a href="#2.2">2.2. RedHat and derivatives (.rpm) packages.</a><br>
   <a href="#2.3">2.3. Debian (.deb) packages.</a><br>
   <a href="#2.4">2.4. By GIT (for the brave).</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#3">3. Installation and Configuration</a></h2>
-<blockquote><p><a href="#3.1">3.1. How do I install the RPM or DEB package?</a><br>
+<blockquote><p>
+  <a href="#3.1">3.1. How do I install the RPM or DEB package?</a><br>
   <a href="#3.2">3.2. Compiling from source: WHAT THE HECK DO I DO NOW?</a><br>
   <a href="#3.3">3.3. Why does everything go into /usr/local?</a><br>
   <a href="#3.5">3.5. nano should automatically run strip on the binary when installing it!</a><br>
@@ -31,47 +33,44 @@
   <a href="#3.9a">3.9a. How do I make a .nanorc file that nano will read when I start it?</a><br>
   <a href="#3.9b">3.9b. How about in Win32?</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#4">4. Running</a></h2>
-<blockquote><p><a href="#4.1">4.1. How do I open a file with a name beginning with '+' from the command line?</a><br>
+<blockquote><p>
+  <a href="#4.1">4.1. How do I open a file with a name beginning with '+' from the command line?</a><br>
   <a href="#4.2">4.2. Ack! My Backspace/Delete/Enter/Meta/double bucky key doesn't seem to work! What can I do?</a><br>
   <a href="#4.3">4.3. Ack! My numeric keypad's keys don't work properly when NumLock is off! What can I do?</a><br>
   <a href="#4.4">4.4. Ack! When I hold down a Meta key combination for a while, the character of the held key gets inserted now and then. What gives?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.5">4.5. How do I type the F13-F16 keys shown in the help browser? My keyboard only has F1-F12!</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.5">4.5. How do I type the F13-F16 keys listed in the help viewer? My keyboard only has F1-F12!</a><br>
   <a href="#4.6">4.6. nano crashes when I type &lt;insert keystroke here&gt;!</a><br>
   <a href="#4.7">4.7. nano crashes when I resize my window. How can I fix that?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.8">4.8. [version 1.3.12 and later] I'm using glibc 2.2.3, and nano crashes when I use color support or do regular expression searches. How can I fix that?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.9">4.9. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] Why does nano show ^\ in the shortcut list instead of ^J?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.10a">4.10a. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] When I type in a search string, the string I last searched for is already in front of my cursor! What happened?!</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.10b">4.10b. [version 1.1.99pre1 and later] Hey, the search string behavior has reverted, it's now like Pico, what happened to the consistency?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.11">4.11. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.12">4.12. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.13">4.13. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.14">4.14. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</a><br>
-  <a href="#4.15">4.15. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</a></p></blockquote>
+  <a href="#4.8a">4.8a. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.8b">4.8b. When I paste from Windows into a remote nano, nano rewraps the lines. What gives?<a><br>
+  <a href="#4.9">4.9. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.10">4.10. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.11">4.11. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</a><br>
+  <a href="#4.12">4.12. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#5">5. Internationalization</a></h2>
-<blockquote><p><a href="#5.1">5.1. There's no translation for my language!</a><br>
+<blockquote><p>
+  <a href="#5.1">5.1. There's no translation for my language!</a><br>
   <a href="#5.2">5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</a><br>
   <a href="#5.3">5.3. What is the status of Unicode support?</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#6">6. Advocacy and Licensing</a></h2>
-<blockquote><p><a href="#6.1">6.1. Why should I use nano instead of Pico?</a><br>
+<blockquote><p>
+  <a href="#6.1">6.1. Why should I use nano instead of Pico?</a><br>
   <a href="#6.2">6.2. Why should I use Pico instead of nano?</a><br>
   <a href="#6.3">6.3. What is so bad about the older Pine license?</a><br>
   <a href="#6.4">6.4. Okay, well, what mail program should I use then?</a></p></blockquote>
 <h2><a href="#7">7. Miscellaneous</a></h2>
-<blockquote><p><a href="#7.1">7.1. nano-related mailing lists.</a><br>
-  <a href="#7.2">7.2. I want to send the development team a big load of cash (or just a thank you).</a><br>
-  <a href="#7.3">7.3. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</a><br>
+<blockquote><p>
+  <a href="#7.1">7.1. Where can I ask questions or send suggestions?</a><br>
+  <a href="#7.2">7.2. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</a><br>
+  <a href="#7.3">7.3. I want to send the development team a big load of cash (or just a thank you).</a><br>
   <a href="#7.4">7.4. How do I join the development team?</a><br>
   <a href="#7.5">7.5. Can I have write access to the GIT tree?</a></p></blockquote>
-<h2><a href="#8">8. ChangeLog</a></h2>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="1"></a>1. General</h1>
-<h2><a name="1.1"></a>1.1 About this FAQ</h2>
-<blockquote><p>This FAQ was originally written and maintained by Chris Allegretta &lt;<a href="mailto:chrisa@asty.org">chrisa@asty.org</a>&gt;, who also happens to be the creator of nano. It was then maintained by David Lawrence Ramsey &lt;<a href="mailto:pooka109@gmail.com">pooka109@gmail.com</a>&gt;. Maybe someone else will volunteer to maintain this FAQ someday, who knows...</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="1.2"></a>1.2. How do I contribute to it?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Your best bet is to send it to the nano email address, <a href="mailto:nano@nano-editor.org">nano@nano-editor.org</a> and if it is useful enough it will be included in future versions.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="1.3"></a>1.3. What is GNU nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>GNU nano is designed to be a free replacement for the Pico text editor, part of the Pine email suite from <a href="http://www.washington.edu/pine/">The University of Washington</a>. It aims to &quot;emulate Pico as closely as possible and perhaps include extra functionality&quot;.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="1.4"></a>1.4. What is the history behind nano?</h2>
+<h2><a name="1.1"></a>1.1. What is GNU nano?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>GNU nano is designed to be a free replacement for the Pico text editor, part of the Pine email suite from <a href="http://www.washington.edu/pine/">The University of Washington</a>. It aims to &quot;emulate Pico as closely as possible and then include extra functionality&quot;.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="1.2"></a>1.2. What is the history behind nano?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Funny you should ask!</p>
   <p><b>In the beginning...</b></p>
   <p>For years Pine was THE program used to read email on a Unix system. The Pico text editor is the portion of the program one would use to compose his or her mail messages. Many beginners to Unix flocked to Pico and Pine because of their well organized, easy to use interfaces. With the proliferation of GNU/Linux in the mid to late 90's, many University students became intimately familiar with the strengths (and weaknesses) of Pine and Pico.</p>
@@ -79,15 +78,16 @@
   <p>The <a href="http://www.debian.org/">Debian GNU/Linux</a> distribution, known for its strict standards in distributing truly &quot;free&quot; software (i.e. software with no restrictions on redistribution), would not include a binary package for Pine or Pico. Many people had a serious dilemma: they loved these programs, but the versions available at the time were not truly free software in the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html">GNU</a> sense of the word.</p>
   <p><b>The event...</b></p>
   <p>It was in late 1999 when Chris Allegretta (our hero) was yet again complaining to himself about the less-than-perfect license Pico was distributed under, the 1000 makefiles that came with it and how just a few small improvements could make it the Best Editor in the World (TM). Having been a convert from Slackware to Debian, he missed having a simple binary package that included Pine and Pico, and had grown tired of downloading them himself.</p>
-  <p>Finally something snapped inside and Chris coded and hacked like a madman for many hours straight one weekend to make a (barely usable) Pico clone, at the time called TIP (Tip Isn't Pico). The program could not be invoked without a filename, could not save files, had no help text display, spell checker, and so forth. But over time it improved, and with the help of a few great coders it matured to the (hopefully) stable state it is today.</p>
+  <p>Finally something snapped inside and Chris coded and hacked like a madman for many hours straight one weekend to make a (barely usable) Pico clone, at the time called TIP (Tip Isn't Pico). The program could not be invoked without a filename, could not save files, had no help text display, spell checker, and so forth. But over time it improved, and with the help of a few great coders it matured to the (hopefully) stable state it is in today.</p>
   <p>In February 2001, nano was declared an official GNU program by Richard Stallman. nano also reached its first production release on March 22, 2001.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="1.5"></a>1.5. Why the name change from TIP?</h2>
+<h2><a name="1.3"></a>1.3. Why the name change from TIP?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>On January 10, 2000, TIP was officially renamed to nano because of a namespace conflict with another program called 'tip'. The original 'tip' program &quot;establishes a full duplex terminal connection to a remote host&quot;, and was included with many older Unix systems (and newer ones like Solaris). The conflict was not noticed at first because there is no 'tip' utility included with most GNU/Linux distributions (where nano was developed).</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="1.6"></a>1.6. What is the current version of nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>The current version of nano *should* be 2.7.0.  Of course, you should always check the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> to see what the latest and greatest version is.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="1.7"></a>1.7. I want to read the man page without having to download the program!</h2>
+<h2><a name="1.4"></a>1.4. What is the current version of nano?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>The current version of nano <i>should</i> be <b>2.8.6</b>.  Of course, you should always check the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> to see what the latest and greatest version is.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="1.5"></a>1.5. I want to read the man page without having to download the program!</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Jeez, demanding, aren't we? Okay, look <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/nano.1.html">here</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="2"></a>2. Where to get GNU nano.</h1>
 <h2><a name="2.1"></a>2.1. Web sites that carry nano.</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The nano source tarballs can be downloaded from the following web sites:</p>
@@ -115,6 +115,7 @@
 <h2><a name="2.4"></a>2.4. By GIT (for the brave).</h2>
 <blockquote><p>For the 'bleeding edge' current version of nano, you can use GIT to download the current source code. <b>Note:</b> believe it or not, by downloading code that has not yet stabilized into an official release, there could quite possibly be bugs, in fact the code may not even compile! Anyway, see <a href="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/nano.git/tree/README.GIT">the nano GIT document</a> for info on anonymous GIT access to the nano source.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="3"></a>3. Installation and Configuration</h1>
 <h2><a name="3.1"></a>3.1. How do I install the RPM or DEB package?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>It's simple really! As root, type <b>rpm -Uvh nano-x.y.z-1.i386.rpm</b> if you have a RedHat-ish system or <b>dpkg -i nano_x.y.z-1.deb</b> if you have a Debian-ish system, where <b>x.y.z</b> is the release of nano. There are other programs to install packages, and if you wish to use those, knock yourself out.</p></blockquote>
@@ -138,34 +139,38 @@
   <pre>
   <b>--disable-browser</b>       Disable the built-in file browser
   <b>--disable-color</b>         Disable color and syntax highlighting
-  <b>--disable-extra</b>         Disable extra features (currently only an easter egg)
-  <b>--disable-help</b>          Disable help functions
+  <b>--disable-comment</b>       Disable the comment/uncomment function
+  <b>--disable-extra</b>         Disable the easter egg
+  <b>--disable-help</b>          Disable the built-in help texts
   <b>--disable-histories</b>     Disable the saving of search strings and cursor positions
-  <b>--disable-justify</b>       Disable justify/unjustify functions
+  <b>--disable-justify</b>       Disable the justify/unjustify functions
   <b>--disable-libmagic</b>      Disable the use of libmagic for determining a file's syntax
+  <b>--disable-linenumbers</b>   Disable line numbering
   <b>--disable-mouse</b>         Disable mouse support
-  <b>--disable-multibuffer</b>   Disable having multiple file buffers open
+  <b>--disable-multibuffer</b>   Disable the opening of multiple file buffers
   <b>--disable-nanorc</b>        Disable the use of .nanorc files
   <b>--disable-operatingdir</b>  Disable the setting of an operating directory
-  <b>--disable-speller</b>       Disable spell checker functions
-  <b>--disable-tabcomp</b>       Disable tab completion functions
+  <b>--disable-speller</b>       Disable the spell-checker functions
+  <b>--disable-tabcomp</b>       Disable the tab-completion functions
+  <b>--disable-wordcomp</b>      Disable the word-completion function
   <b>--disable-wrapping</b>      Disable all hard-wrapping of text</pre>
-  <p>There's also the <b>--enable-tiny</b> option which disables everything above, as well as some larger chunks of the program (like the marker code that you use with Control-^ to select text). Also, if you know you aren't going to be using other languages you can use <b>--disable-nls</b> to disable internationalization and save a few K to a few dozen K depending on if you have locale support on your system. And finally there's always good old <b>strip</b> to strip all debugging code and code that exists in libraries on your system.</p>
+  <p>There's also the <b>--enable-tiny</b> option which disables everything above, as well as some larger chunks of the program (like the marker code that you use with Control-^ to select text). Also, if you know you aren't going to be using other languages, you can use <b>--disable-nls</b> to disable internationalization and save a few K to a few dozen K depending on whether you have locale support on your system. And finally, there's always good old <b>strip</b> to strip all debugging code and code that exists in libraries on your system.</p>
   <p>With <b>--disable-wrapping-as-root</b> you can disable any hard-wrapping by default when the user is root, useful to prevent accidentally changing long lines in system configuration files.</p>
 </blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.7"></a>3.7. Tell me more about this multibuffer stuff!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>To use multiple file buffers, you must be using nano 1.1.0 or newer, and you must not have configured it with <b>--disable-multibuffer</b> nor with <b>--enable-tiny</b> (use <b>nano -V</b> to check the compilation options). Then when you want to insert a file into its own buffer instead of into the current file, just hit <b>Meta-F</b>, then insert the file as normal with <b>^R</b>. If you always want files to be loaded into their own buffers, use the <b>--multibuffer</b> or <b>-F</b> flag when you invoke nano.</p>
-  <p>You can move between the buffers you have open with the <b>Meta-&lt;</b> and <b>Meta-&gt;</b> keys, or more easily with <b>Meta-,</b> and <b>Meta-.</b> (clear as mud, right? =-). When you have more than one file buffer open, the ^X shortcut will say &quot;Close&quot;, instead of the normal &quot;Exit&quot; when only one buffer is open.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>To use multiple file buffers, you must not have configured nano with <b>--disable-multibuffer</b> nor with <b>--enable-tiny</b> (use <b>nano -V</b> to check the compilation options). Then when you want to insert a file into its own buffer instead of into the current file, just hit <b>Meta-F</b> after typing <b>^R</b>. If you always want files to be loaded into their own buffers, use the <b>--multibuffer</b> or <b>-F</b> flag when you invoke nano.</p>
+  <p>You can move between the buffers you have open with the <b>Meta-&lt;</b> and <b>Meta-&gt;</b> keys, or more easily without holding Shift: <b>Meta-,</b> and <b>Meta-.</b> (clear as mud, right? =-). When you have more than one file buffer open, the ^X shortcut will say &quot;Close&quot;, instead of the normal &quot;Exit&quot; when only one buffer is open.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.8"></a>3.8. Tell me more about this verbatim input stuff!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>To use verbatim input, you must be using nano 1.3.1 or newer. When you want to insert a literal character into the file you're editing, such as a control character that nano usually treats as a command, first press <b>Meta-V</b> (if you're not at a prompt, you'll get the message &quot;Verbatim Input&quot;), then press the key(s) that generate the character you want.</p>
-  <p>Alternatively, if you've enabled Unicode support (see section <a href="#5.3">5.3</a>), you can press <b>Meta-V</b> and then type a six-digit hexadecimal code (from 000000 to 10FFFF, case-insensitive), and the character with the corresponding value will be inserted instead. The prompt will change to &quot;Unicode Input&quot; when you do this.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="3.9a"></a>3.9a. How do I make a .nanorc file that nano will read when I start it?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It's not hard at all! But, your version of nano must <b>not</b> have been compiled with <b>--disable-nanorc</b>, and must be version 1.1.12 or newer (use nano -V to check your version and compiled features). Then simply copy the <b>nanorc.sample</b> that came with the nano source or your nano package (most likely in /usr/doc/nano) to .nanorc in your home directory. If you didn't get one, the syntax is simple. Flags are turned on and off by using the words <b>set</b> and <b>unset</b> plus the long option name for the feature. For example, &quot;set nowrap&quot; or &quot;set smarthome&quot;.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>When you want to insert a literal character into the file you're editing, such as a control character that nano usually treats as a command, first press <b>Meta-V</b> (if you're not at a prompt, you'll get the message &quot;Verbatim Input&quot; on the status bar), then press the key(s) that generate the character you want.</p>
+  <p>Alternatively, if you've enabled Unicode support (see section <a href="#5.3">5.3</a>), you can press <b>Meta-V</b> and then type a six-digit hexadecimal code (from 000000 to 10FFFF, case-insensitive), and the character with the corresponding value will be inserted. The statubar will change to &quot;Unicode Input: ......&quot; when you do this.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="3.9a"></a>3.9a. How do I make a .nanorc file that will be read when I start nano?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>It's not hard at all! But, your nano must <b>not</b> have been compiled with <b>--disable-nanorc</b>. Then simply copy the <b>sample.nanorc</b> that came with the nano source or your nano package (most likely in /usr/doc/nano) to .nanorc in your home directory. If you didn't get one, the syntax of the file is simple. Flags are turned on and off by using the words <b>set</b> and <b>unset</b> plus the long option name for the feature. For example, &quot;set nowrap&quot; or &quot;set smarthome&quot;.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="3.9b"></a>3.9b. How about in Win32?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If you're using the official nano .zip file and have extracted all the files, you should take the file nano.rc and place it somewhere on your Win32 system (for example, if you have write permission to do so, at the top of C:\).  Then you must create an Environment variable called HOME which points to the directory where you put nano.rc.  In Windows XP, you can get to Environment variables by right-clicking "My Computer" either on the desktop or in the Start Menu, and selecting Properties.  This should bring up the System Properties panel.  Then click the Advanced Tab, and there should be a button called Environment Variables.  Click that to bring up the Environment Variables section. Now, under User Variables you should be able to click the New button, and make a new Variables Name called HOME, with the Variable Value of whatever path you copied nano.rc into (just the directory name; don't add nano.rc onto the end).</p>
-<p>We're still working on documentation for enabling syntax highlighting on Win32; please bear with us.</p>
-<p>Note that the nano.rc file must remain Unix-formatted in order for nano to understand it.  In other words, you should probably use only nano to edit its config file.  Other programs like Wordpad and Notepad will convert the file to DOS format when saving, and the latter does not even properly read Unix-formatted files to begin with.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>We're still working on documentation for enabling syntax highlighting on Win32; please bear with us.</p>
+  <p>Note that the nano.rc file must remain Unix-formatted in order for nano to understand it.  In other words, you should probably use only nano to edit its config file.  Other programs like Wordpad and Notepad will convert the file to DOS format when saving, and the latter does not even properly read Unix-formatted files to begin with.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="4"></a>4. Running</h1>
 <h2><a name="4.1"></a>4.1. How do I open a file with a name beginning with '+' from the command line?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If a command-line option that begins with '+' is followed by another option, the former is always treated as a starting line and column number, and the latter is always treated as a filename. If a command-line option that begins with '+' isn't followed by another option, it's always treated as a filename. Examples:</p>
@@ -181,22 +186,20 @@
 <h2><a name="4.3"></a>4.3. Ack! My numeric keypad's keys don't work properly when NumLock is off! What can I do?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>You can use the <b>-K</b> or <b>--rebindkeypad</b> option on the command line, or add the line <b>set rebindkeypad</b> to your .nanorc. However, nano's mouse support won't work properly if you do any of these things.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="4.4"></a>4.4. Ack! When I hold down a Meta key combination for a while, the character of the held key gets inserted now and then. What gives?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>This is a bug in the terminal, not in nano. When a key is repeating faster than nano can process it, the keyboard buffer becomes full and starts dropping incoming keystrokes. Unfortunately, it doesn't just drop whole keystrokes; it can also drop parts of multibyte key combinations, resulting in nano's receiving a wrong key.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.5"></a>4.5. How do I type the F13-F16 keys shown in the help browser? My keyboard only has F1-F12!</h2>
+<blockquote><p>This was a bug in how nano handled consecutive escape sequences. It should be fixed since version 2.6.0.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.5"></a>4.5. How do I type the F13-F16 keys listed in the help viewer? My keyboard only has F1-F12!</h2>
 <blockquote><p>It depends on the terminal type you're using. On some terminals, such as the FreeBSD console, xterm, konsole, and gnome-terminal, Shift-F1 to Shift-F4 will generate F13 to F16. On other terminals, such as the Linux console, rxvt, and Eterm, Shift-F3 to Shift-F6 will generate F13 to F16.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="4.6"></a>4.6. nano crashes when I type &lt;insert keystroke here&gt;!</h2>
 <blockquote><p>If you aren't trying some bizarre keystroke combination with some bizarre $TERM entry, chances are you have found a bug. You are welcome to submit it to the <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">nano-devel</a> list or in the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug tracker</a> on Savannah.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="4.7"></a>4.7. nano crashes when I resize my window. How can I fix that?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Older versions of nano had this problem.  Please upgrade to version 2.7.0 or newer.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.8"></a>4.8. [version 1.3.12 and later] I'm using glibc 2.2.3, and nano crashes when I use color support or do regular expression searches. How can I fix that?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It's a bug in glibc 2.2.3. You should upgrade to at least glibc 2.2.4.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.9"></a>4.9. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] Why does nano show ^\ in the shortcut list instead of ^J?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>The help (^G) and justify (^J) functions were among the last to be written. To show the improvements that nano had over Pico (go to line number, and replace), ^_ and ^\ were put on the shortcut list. Later, ^G came back in place of ^_ as it proved to be very valuable for new Unix users.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.10a"></a>4.10a. [version 1.1.12 and earlier] When I type in a search string, the string I last searched for is already in front of my cursor! What happened?!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Since nano version 0.9.20, the default was to have a completely consistent user interface across all user input functions. This means that regardless of whether you're being asked for a filename to insert or write, or a string to search for, the previous value is already inserted before the cursor.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.10b"></a>4.10b. [version 1.1.99pre1 and later] Hey, the search string behavior has reverted, it's now like Pico, what happened to the consistency?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>It was decided that consistency was nice, but people are used to Pico's inconsistent behavior. Also, in version 1.1.99pre1, search and replace history was introduced. If you wish to edit your previous search/replace entry (or any previous entry), you can do so by hitting the up arrow to cycle through your history. This method allows the best of both worlds: You don't need to erase the previous string if you want to enter a new one, but you can with one keystroke recall previous entries for editing. Therefore there is now no "Pico mode", nano is and has always been a Pico <b>clone</b>, and clones by default should be compatible.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.11"></a>4.11. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</h2>
+<h2><a name="4.8a"></a>4.8a. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>You have the autoindent feature turned on. Hit Meta-I to turn it off, paste your text, and then hit Meta-I again to turn it back on.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.8b"></a>4.8b. When I paste from Windows into a remote nano, nano rewraps the lines. What gives?</h2>
+<blockquote><p>When pasting from Windows, in some situations linefeeds are sent instead of carriage returns (Enters). And linefeeds are <b>^J</b>s, which make nano justify (rewrap) the current paragraph. To prevent these linefeeds from causing these unwanted justifications, add this line to your .nanorc on the remote Linux box: <b>unbind ^J main</b> or <b>bind ^J enter main</b>, depending on whether the paste contains CR + LF or only LF.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.9"></a>4.9. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</h2>
+<blockquote><p>If you want nano to actually use color, you have to specify the color configurations you want it to use in your .nanorc. Several example configurations are in the <b>syntax/</b> subdirectory of the nano source, which are normally installed to <b>/usr/local/share/nano/</b>. To enable all of them, uncomment the line <b># include "/usr/local/share/nano/*.nanorc"</b> in your nanorc. See also section <a href="#3.9a">3.9a</a>.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="4.10"></a>4.10. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>You need to make nano your $EDITOR. If you want this to be saved, you should put a line like this in your <b>.bashrc</b> if you use bash (or <b>.zshrc</b> if you believe in zsh):</p>
   <p><b>export EDITOR=/usr/local/bin/nano</b></p>
   <p>or, if you use tcsh, put this in your <b>.cshrc</b> file:</p>
@@ -209,17 +212,14 @@
   <p>If you're a mutt user, you should see an effect immediately the next time you log in. No further configuration is needed. However, if you want to let people know you use nano to compose your email messages, you can put a line like this in your <b>.muttrc</b>:</p>
   <p><b>my_hdr X-Composer: nano x.y.z</b></p>
   <p>Again, replace x.y.z with the version of nano you use.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.12"></a>4.12. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>If you want nano to actually use color, you have to specify the color configurations you want it to use in your .nanorc. Several example configurations are in the <b>doc/syntax</b> subdirectory of the nano source, which are normally installed to <b>/usr/local/share/nano</b>. To enable all of them, uncomment the line <b># include "/usr/local/share/nano/*.nanorc"</b> in your nanorc. See also section <a href="#3.9a">3.9a</a>.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.13"></a>4.13. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</h2>
+<h2><a name="4.11"></a>4.11. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard in an X terminal when I'm running nano in one and nano's mouse support is turned on?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>Try holding down the Shift key and selecting or pasting the text as you normally would.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.14"></a>4.14. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why does nano do this, and how can I avoid it?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>You have the autoindent feature turned on. Hit Meta-I to turn it off, paste your text, and then hit Meta-I again to turn it back on.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="4.15"></a>4.15. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</h2>
-<blockquote><p>In nano 2.3.0, cursor-position history was introduced, and both history files now reside in a .nano subdirectory in your home directory.  A newer nano will move an existing search-history file to this new location so it can continue to be used.  This means that if you then try and use an earlier version of nano, it will be unable to see your current search history.  To fix this, run the following command:<br>
+<h2><a name="4.12"></a>4.12. On startup I get a message that says "Detected a legacy nano history file".  Now older nano versions can't find my search history!</h2>
+<blockquote><p>In nano 2.3.0, cursor-position history was introduced, and both history files now reside in a .nano subdirectory in your home directory.  A newer nano will move an existing search-history file to this new location so it can continue to be used.  This means that if you then try and use an earlier version of nano, it will be unable to see your current search history.  To fix this, run the following command:</p>
   <p><b>ln -sf ~/.nano/search_history ~/.nano_history</b></p>
-</p><p>The "migration service" (moving the search-history file to its new location) will be deleted from nano in early 2018.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>The "migration service" (moving the search-history file to its new location) will be deleted from nano in early 2018.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="5"></a>5. Internationalization</h1>
 <h2><a name="5.1"></a>5.1. There's no translation for my language!</h2>
 <blockquote><p>In June 2001, GNU nano entered the <a href="http://translationproject.org/html/welcome.html">Translation Project</a> and since then, translations should be managed from there.</p>
@@ -228,104 +228,39 @@
 <h2><a name="5.2"></a>5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The best way would probably be to send an e-mail to the team's mailing listed mentione in the <code>Language-Team:</code> field in the <b>&lt;your_language&gt;.po</b> file with your suggested corrections, and then they can make the changes reach the nano-devel list.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="5.3"></a>5.3. What is the status of Unicode support?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>In version 1.3.12 or later, Unicode should be usable. With your terminal, locale (LC_ALL and similar environment variables), and encoding configured to properly support UTF-8, you should be able to enter and save Unicode text.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Since versions 1.3.12, Unicode should be usable. With your terminal, locale (LC_ALL and similar environment variables), and encoding configured to properly support UTF-8, you should be able to enter and save Unicode text.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="6"></a>6. Advocacy and Licensing</h1>
 <h2><a name="6.1"></a>6.1. Why should I use nano instead of Pico?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>There are many reasons to use nano instead of Pico. A more complete list can be found at the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a>.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.2"></a>6.2. Why should I use Pico instead of nano?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Again, check out the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> for a good summary of reasons. It really is a matter of personal preference as to which editor you should use. If you're the type of person who likes using the original version of a program, then Pico is the editor for you. If you don't mind sacrificing mailer integration with Pine, and are looking for a few more features, as well as a 'better' license in terms of adding your own changes, nano is the way to go.</p><p>Note that the last of these no longer applies to the new version of Pine, <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine</a>, which is under the Apache License, version 2.0.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Again, check out the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> for a good summary of reasons. It really is a matter of personal preference as to which editor you should use. If you're the type of person who likes using the original version of a program, then Pico is the editor for you. If you don't mind sacrificing mailer integration with Pine, and are looking for a few more features, as well as a 'better' license in terms of adding your own changes, nano is the way to go.</p>
+<p>Note that the last of these no longer applies to the new version of Pine, <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine</a>, which is under the Apache License, version 2.0.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.3"></a>6.3. What is so bad about the older Pine license?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The U of W license for older versions of Pine and Pico is not considered truly Free Software according to both the Free Software Foundation and the <a href="http://www.debian.org/social_contract#guidelines">Debian Free Software Guidelines</a>. The main problem regards the limitations on distributing derived works: according to UW, you can distribute their software, and you can modify it, but you can not do both, i.e. distribute modified binaries.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="6.4"></a>6.4. Okay, well, what mail program should I use then?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>If you are looking to use a Free Software program similar to Pine, and Emacs is not your thing, you should definitely take a look at <a href="http://www.mutt.org/">mutt</a>. It is a full-screen, console based mail program that actually has a lot more flexibility than Pine, but has a keymap included in the distribution that allows you to use the same keystrokes as Pine would to send and receive mail. It's also under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0.<P>
-Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <A HREF="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine distribution</A> of PINE as it is now considered Free Software, but you would be sacrificing many of nano's features to do so.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>If you are looking to use a Free Software program similar to Pine, and Emacs is not your thing, you should definitely take a look at <a href="http://www.mutt.org/">mutt</a>. It is a full-screen, console based mail program that actually has a lot more flexibility than Pine, but has a keymap included in the distribution that allows you to use the same keystrokes as Pine would to send and receive mail. It's also under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0.</p>
+<p>Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine distribution</a> of PINE as it is now considered Free Software, but you would be sacrificing many of nano's features to do so.</p></blockquote>
 <hr width="100%">
+
 <h1><a name="7"></a>7. Miscellaneous</h1>
-<h2><a name="7.1"></a>7.1. nano-related mailing lists.</h2>
+<h2><a name="7.1"></a>7.1. Where can I ask questions or send suggestions?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>There are three mailing lists for nano hosted at <a href="http://savannah.gnu.org/">Savannah</a>: info-nano, help-nano and nano-devel. info-nano is a very low traffic list where new versions of nano are announced (surprise!). help-nano is for getting help with the editor without needing to hear all of the development issues surrounding it. nano-devel is a normally low, sometimes high traffic list for discussing the present and future development of nano. Here are links to where you can sign up for a given list:</p>
   <p>info-nano - <a href="http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/info-nano/">http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/info-nano/</a><br>
   help-nano - <a href="http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/help-nano/">http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/help-nano/</a><br>
   nano-devel - <a href="http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/nano-devel/">http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/nano-devel/</a></p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="7.2"></a>7.2. I want to send the development team a big load of cash (or just a thank you).</h2>
-<blockquote><p>That's fine. Send it <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">our way</a>! Better yet, fix a <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug</a> in the program or implement a <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/TODO">cool feature</a> and send us that instead (though cash is fine too).</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="7.3"></a>7.3. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</h2>
+<h2><a name="7.2"></a>7.3. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</h2>
 <blockquote>
-<p>The best place to submit bugs is to the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">Savannah bug tracker</a> as you can check whether the bug you are submitting has already been submitted.
-<p>Please submit patches for nano via the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/patch/?group=nano">Savannah project's patch manager</a> for the nano project.</p></blockquote>
+  <p>The best way to submit bugs is through the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">Savannah bug tracker</a>, as you can check whether the bug you are reporting has already been submitted, and it makes it easier for the maintainers to keep track of them.
+  <p>You can submit patches for nano via <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/patch/?group=nano">Savannah's patch manager</a>.</p></blockquote>
+<h2><a name="7.3"></a>7.3. I want to send the development team a big load of cash (or just a thank you).</h2>
+<blockquote><p>That's fine. Send it <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">our way</a>! Better yet, fix a <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug</a> in the program or implement a <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/TODO">cool feature</a> and send us that instead (though cash is fine too).</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.4"></a>7.4. How do I join the development team?</h2>
 <blockquote><p>The easiest way is to consistently send in good patches that add some needed functionality, fix a bug or two, and/or make the program more optimized/efficient. Then ask nicely and you will probably be added to the Savannah development list and be given write access after a while. There is a lot of responsibility that goes along with being a team member, so don't think it's just something to add to your resume.</p></blockquote>
 <h2><a name="7.5"></a>7.5. Can I have write access to the git tree?</h2>
-<blockquote><p>Re-read Section <a href="#7.4">7.4</a> and you should know the answer.</p></blockquote>
-<h2><a name="8"></a>8. ChangeLog</h2>
-<blockquote><p>
-2016/04/17 - Update docs to refer to GIT instead of subversion. (Mike)<br>
-2015/07/18 - More small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
-2014/04/24 - A bunch of small fixes and updates. (Benno)<br>
-2009/11/30 - Update various bits for nano 2.2.x. (DLR)<br>
-2009/11/18 - Typo fix. (j.mader@gmail.com)<br>
-2008/03/16 - Update docs to refer to subversion instead of CVS, add more words about Alpine, and refer to Savannah for bugs and patches. (chrisa)<br>
-2007/12/21 - Update maintainer information. (DLR)<br>
-2007/12/09 - Add minor punctuation and wording fixes, and update various sections to account for Alpine. (DLR)<br>
-2007/08/26 - Update links to the Free Translation Project. (DLR)<br>
-2007/07/29 - Update RPM links for nano 2.0.x. (DLR)<br>
-2007/04/18 - Add a new section 4.14 to explain how autoindent affects pasted text. (John M. Gabriele, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2007/04/04 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
-2007/01/01 - Update section 4.1 to describe how to open files with names beginning with '+' at specified columns as well as lines. (DLR)<br>
-2006/11/25 - Add miscellaneous wording and capitalization fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/10/28 - Update various links for the 2.0 branch of nano. (DLR)<br>
-2006/10/06 - Update the question in section 4.13 to match the version of it in the answer section. (DLR)<br>
-2006/07/25 - Update section 5.3 again to not state &quot;the latest development version&quot; before 1.3.12, as it's no longer accurate. Also add some minor spacing fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/12 - Update section 5.3, due to the display fix for two-column Unicode characters. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/05 - Add a new section 4.8, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with glibc 2.2.3's crashes involving extended regular expressions. (DLR)<br>
-2006/06/04 - Add minor punctuation, wording, and typo fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/27 - Update section 3.8 to mention the new "Unicode Input" prompt, and how Unicode input only works when Unicode support is enabled. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/12 - Remove section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it up one number, since it no longer applies. Meta-] and Meta-[ are no longer used to indent and unindent marked text, since they require that the bracket matching key change to Ctrl-], which is used as the telnet escape key (found by Chris). Also, make the link to the nano CVS page a bit more readable. (DLR)<br>
-2006/05/08 - Add a new section 4.5, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain a problem that can occur when holding down keys to generate Meta sequences. Also add a few more capitalization and wording fixes. (Benno Schulenberg, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2006/05/01 - Add a new section 4.4, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with problems typing Meta-[. Also add a few capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2006/04/14 - Clarify section 1.4: help menu -> help text display. (DLR, suggested by Benno Schulenberg)<br>
-2006/03/16 - Update the Free Translation Project's address, change the character set to UTF-8, and remove broken links to contributed RedHat nano packages. (DLR)<br>
-2005/11/21 - Clarify section 5.3 to better explain how to enable Unicode support, and remove the mention of quirks, since they turned out to not be a nano problem. (Mike Frysinger and DLR)<br>
-2005/11/19 - Add a new section 5.3 to explain the status of nano's Unicode support. (Mike Frysinger, minor tweaks by DLR)<br>
-2005/08/27 - Update email address. (DLR)<br>
-2005/08/10 - Add a new section 4.3, and move all section 4 entries after it down one number, to explain how to deal with numeric keypad problems. (DLR)<br>
-2005/08/08 - Update section 3.8 to mention that verbatim input mode now takes a six-digit hexadecimal number. (DLR)<br>
-2005/07/04 - Update section 4.10 to mention that pasting from the X clipboard via the middle mouse button also works when the Shift key is used. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/15 - Update description of --enable-extra, and add missing line breaks. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/13 - Minor capitalization and wording fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2005/06/08 - Updated section 1.1 to mention the current maintainer. (DLR)<br>
-2005/03/09 - Added question about opening files with names beginning with '+'s, and added a few more miscellaneous cosmetic fixes. (DLR)<br>
-2005/01/03 - Removed now-inaccurate note about verbatim input's not working at prompts, and update its description to mention that it handles hexadecimal values now. (DLR)<br>
-2004/11/21 - Listed sh as an example of a Bourne shell. (DLR)<br>
-2004/11/05 - Fixed inaccuracy: Pico compatibility mode was made the default in nano 1.1.99pre1, not 1.2.2. Also added question about how to type F13-F16 on terminals lacking keys past F12 (suggested by Chris), question about how to select text for the clipboard in X terminals with nano's mouse support turned on (answer found by Joseph Birthisel), and misc. fixes and link updates. (DLR)<br>
-2004/04/07 - Removed NumLock glitch question, as it's no longer needed. (DLR)<br>
-2004/01/30 - Fixed inaccuracy: multibuffer mode was first in nano 1.1.0, not 1.1.12. (DLR)<br>
-2003/12/31 - Added question about the new verbatim input function, and a few minor fixes. Removed reference to &quot;set pico&quot; (DLR).<br>
-2003/07/02 - Added question about nano's not showing color when it's compiled with color support (DLR; suggested by Jordi).<br>
-2003/02/23 - Updated RPM links for nano 1.2.x (DLR).<br>
-2003/01/16 - Split section 4.5 into 4.5a and 4.5b for search string behavior. Added --enable-all docs.<br>
-2002/12/28 - More misc. fixes (David Benbennick, DLR).<br>
-2002/10/25 - Misc. fixes and link updates (DLR).<br>
-2002/09/10 - Another typo fix (DLR).<br>
-2002/05/15 - Typo fix (DLR).<br>
-2001/12/26 - Misc. fixes (Aaron S. Hawley, DLR).<br>
-2001/10/02 - Update for Free Translation Project.<br>
-2001/10/02 - Assorted fixes, Debian additions.<br>
-2001/06/30 - Silly typo fix.<br>
-2001/05/05 - Spelling fixes by David Lawrence Ramsey.<br>
-2001/05/02 - Misc fixes.<br>
-2001/03/26 - Typo fix in an URL.<br>
-2001/02/17 - Advocacy updates.<br>
-2001/02/15 - Added GNU notes for 0.9.99pre3.<br>
-2001/02/06 - Typo fixes.<br>
-2001/01/14 - Added note about NumLock glitch.<br>
-2001/01/10 - Linux -&gt; GNU/Linux.<br>
-2001/01/09 - Added &quot;making exe smaller&quot; section.<br>
-2000/12/19 - Typo and assorted error fixes.<br>
-2000/11/28 - Added blurb about make install-strip.<br>
-2000/11/19 - Changed Debian frozen to stable.<br>
-2000/11/18 - Previous string display (4.5).<br>
-2000/09/27 - Moved addresses to nano-editor.org.<br>
-2000/06/31 - Initial framework.</p></blockquote>
+<blockquote><p>Re-read section <a href="#7.4">7.4</a> and you should know the answer.</p></blockquote>
+<hr width="100%">
+
 </body>
 </html>

doc/man/.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-nano.1.html
-nanorc.5.html
-rnano.1.html

doc/man/Makefile.am

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS =
-BUILT_SOURCES =
-
-if USE_NLS
-SUBDIRS += fr
-endif
-
-dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
-html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
-
-if USE_NANORC
-dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
-html_pages += nanorc.5.html
-endif
-
-nano.1.html: nano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-rnano.1.html: rnano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-
-if GROFF_HTML
-BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
-dist_html_DATA = $(html_pages)
-endif
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES)

doc/man/fr/Makefile.am

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-mandir = @mandir@/fr
-htmldir = @htmldir@/fr
-
-BUILT_SOURCES =
-
-dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
-html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
-
-if USE_NANORC
-dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
-html_pages += nanorc.5.html
-endif
-
-nano.1.html: nano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-rnano.1.html: rnano.1
-	groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
-
-if GROFF_HTML
-BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
-dist_html_DATA = $(html_pages)
-endif
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES)

doc/man/fr/nano.1

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
-.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 et 2007.
-.\" Ce travail d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la
-.\" page traduite reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs
-.\" originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2003, 2004,
-.\" 2005, 2006 and 2007. The translated man page in itself is still
-.\" subject to the copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free 
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la 
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est pas 
-.\"   le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 ou,
-.\"   à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu 
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce 
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez 
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH NANO 1 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 2007"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-.\"
-
-.SH NOM
-nano \- NAno un NOuvel éditeur, un clone libre et amélioré de Pico
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B nano
-.I [OPTIONS]\ [[+LIGNE,COLONNE]\ FICHIER]...
-.br
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement la commande \fBnano\fR.
-.PP
-.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
-.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invoke bold face and italics,
-.\" respectively.
-\fBnano\fR est un éditeur petit, sympathique et libre, qui vise à remplacer
-Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. \fBnano\fR ne se
-contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de Pico, il offre
-également certaines fonctions manquantes (ou désactivées par défaut)
-dans Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, les fonctions de
-recherche et de remplacement, et la possibilité de sauter directement à 
-une ligne et à une colonne précise.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B +\fILIGNE\fP,\fICOLONNE\fP
-Démarre avec le curseur positionné à la colonne \fICOLONNE\fP de 
-la ligne \fILIGNE\fR (l'un des deux, au moins, devant être spécifié) au 
-lieu de démarrer à la colonne\ 1, ligne\ 1.
-.TP
-.B \-?
-Identique à \fB\-h (\-\-help)\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-A (\-\-smarthome)
-Rend plus malin le fonctionnement de la touche «\ Début\ ». Lorsque l'on
-appuie sur cette touche à n'importe quel endroit excepté au tout début
-du texte d'une ligne (i.\ e. au premier caractère non blanc), le curseur
-se positionnera au début du texte de la ligne (qu'il soit en avant ou en
-arrière). Si le curseur est déjà là, il se placera au vrai début de la
-ligne.
-.TP
-.B \-B (\-\-backup)
-Lors de l'écriture d'un fichier, crée une copie de sécurité de la
-version précédente, en ajoutant un tilde (~) au nom du fichier.
-.TP
-.B \-D (\-\-boldtext)
-Utilise des caractères gras à la place de la vidéo inverse.
-.TP
-.B \-C \fIrépertoire\fP (\-\-backupdir=\fIrépertoire\fP)
-Définit le répertoire utilisé par \fBnano\fP pour enregistrer les copies 
-de sécurité uniques si celles-ci sont activées.
-.TP
-.B \-E (\-\-tabstospaces)
-Convertit les tabulations clavier en espaces.
-.TP
-.B \-F (\-\-multibuffer)
-Active le mode multi-espace, autorisant l'édition simultanée de 
-plusieurs fichiers, si ce mode est disponible.
-.TP
-.B \-H (\-\-historylog)
-Enregistre les chaînes ayant fait l'objet d'une recherche ou d'un
-remplacement dans le fichier \fI~/.nano_history\fR afin de permettre leur
-réutilisation. Ceci n'est possible que si \fBnano\fR est configuré pour
-utiliser les fichiers nanorc.
-.TP
-.B \-I (\-\-ignorercfiles)
-Ne pas utiliser pas les fichiers \fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fR et 
-\fI~/.nanorc\fR (si \fBnano\fR est capable de les utiliser).
-.TP
-.B \-K (\-\-rebindkeypad)
-Interprète les touches du pavé numérique afin qu'elles fonctionnent 
-toutes correctement. Vous ne devriez utiliser cette option que si ce 
-n'est pas le cas, car nano ne sera plus capable d'utiliser la souris 
-correctement lorsque cette option sera activée.
-.TP
-.B \-L (\-\-nonewlines)
-Ne pas ajouter de passage à la ligne à la fin des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B \-N (\-\-noconvert)
-Désactive la conversion automatique des fichiers depuis les formats Mac et
-DOS.
-.TP
-.B \-O (\-\-morespace)
-Utiliser la ligne blanche située sous la ligne de titre comme
-espace supplémentaire d'édition.
-.TP
-.B \-Q \fIchaîne\fP (\-\-quotestr=\fIchaîne\fP)
-Définit le préfixe par défaut des citations. Nano utilise ce préfixe
-pour réaliser une justification correcte des citations. Si nano est
-capable d'utiliser des expressions rationnelles, le préfixe par défaut
-sera "\fI^([\ \\t]*[#:>\\|}])+\fP", sinon, ce sera "\fI>\ \fP". Dans 
-l'expression rationnelle précédente, «\ \fI\\t\fP\ » représente une 
-tabulation.
-.TP
-.B \-R (\-\-restricted)
-Mode restreint\ : aucune lecture ou écriture de fichiers non indiqués 
-sur la ligne de commande, pas de lecture des fichiers nanorc, 
-interdiction de suspendre, interdiction d'ajouter au début, à la fin, 
-de sauvegarder un fichier ayant déjà un nom sous un nom différent, 
-d'utiliser une copie de sécurité ou le correcteur orthographique. Cette 
-option peut aussi être activée en appelant \fBnano\fP sous un nom 
-commençant par «\ r\ » (par exemple «\ rnano\ »).
-.TP
-.B \-S (\-\-smooth)
-Active le défilement progressif. Le texte défilera ligne-par-ligne au lieu
-de défiler morceau-par-morceau.
-.TP
-.B \-T \fInombre\fP (\-\-tabsize=\fInombre\fP)
-Définit la taille (largeur) des tabulations en nombre de colonnes. Le 
-nombre indiqué doit être strictement supérieur à 0. La valeur par défaut 
-est de 8.
-.TP
-.B \-U (\-\-quickblank)
-Effacement rapide de la ligne d'état. Les messages affichés par la ligne 
-d'état disparaîtront après une frappe clavier au lieu de 25. Notez que
-l'option \fB-c\fP prend le pas sur cette option.
-.TP
-.B \-V (\-\-version)
-Affiche la version, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-W (\-\-wordbounds)
-Détection plus précise des limites de mots, obtenue en considérant les 
-caractères de ponctuation comme faisant partie des mots.
-.TP
-.B \-Y \fIchaîne\fP (\-\-syntax=\fIchaîne\fP)
-Indique quel mode de colorisation syntaxique adopter, parmi les modes
-définis dans le fichier \fI.nanorc\fR, si cette fonctionnalité est
-disponible.
-.TP
-.B \-c (\-\-const)
-Affiche en permanence la position du curseur. Notez que cette option 
-prend le pas sur l'option \fB-U\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-d (\-\-rebinddelete)
-Interprète différemment la touche «\ Supprimer\ », afin que les touches 
-«\ Effacement arrière\ » et «\ Supprimer\ » fonctionnent correctement. 
-Vous ne devriez avoir besoin de cette option que si, sur votre système, 
-la touche «\ Effacement arrière\ » produit l'effet de la touche
-«\ Supprimer\ ».
-.TP
-.B \-h (\-\-help)
-Affiche un résumé des options de lancement de nano, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-i (\-\-autoindent)
-Indentation automatique. Commence chaque nouvelle ligne au même niveau que
-la ligne précédente. Utile pour l'édition de code source.
-.TP
-.B \-k (\-\-cut)
-Coupe le texte du curseur à la fin de la ligne, au lieu de couper la 
-ligne entière.
-.TP
-.B \-l (\-\-nofollow)
-Si le fichier édité est un lien symbolique, au lieu de le suivre, 
-remplace le lien par le nouveau fichier. Sans doute utile pour éditer 
-les fichiers de \fI/tmp\fR, non\ ?
-.TP
-.B \-m (\-\-mouse)
-Active l'utilisation de la souris, si elle est disponible pour votre
-système. Lorsque celle-ci est activée, il est possible d'utiliser la 
-souris pour positionner le curseur, pour marquer le texte (avec un 
-double-clic) et pour lancer les fonctions correspondant aux raccourcis. 
-Il est possible d'utiliser la souris sous X\ Window ou en mode console 
-avec gpm.
-.TP
-.B \-o \fIrépertoire\fP (\-\-operatingdir=\fIrépertoire\fP)
-Définit le répertoire de travail. Demande à \fBnano\fP de mettre en place
-quelque chose de similaire à un environnement d'exécution restreint
-(\fIchroot\fR).
-.TP
-.B \-p (\-\-preserve)
-Préserve les séquences XON et XOFF (^Q et ^S), afin qu'elle soient reçues
-par le terminal.
-.TP
-.B \-r \fIcolonne\fP (\-\-fill=\fIcolonne\fP)
-Passe automatiquement à la ligne une fois arrivé à la colonne 
-\fIcolonne\fR. Si la valeur indiquée est de 0 ou moins, le point de 
-passage à la ligne aura lieu à la taille de l'écran moins \fIcolonne\fR. 
-Cela permet de faire varier le point de passage à la ligne lorsque l'on 
-change la taille de l'écran. La valeur par défaut est de \-8.
-.TP
-.B \-s \fIprogramme\fP (\-\-speller=\fIprogramme\fP)
-Choix d'un correcteur orthographique de remplacement.
-.TP
-.B \-t (\-\-tempfile)
-S'il a été modifié, le fichier sera sauvegardé automatiquement sans
-demande de confirmation. Identique à l'option \fB-t\fP de Pico.
-.TP
-.B \-v (\-\-view)
-Mode visualisation (lecture seule).
-.TP
-.B \-w (\-\-nowrap)
-Désactive le passage automatique à la ligne.
-.TP
-.B \-x (\-\-nohelp)
-Désactive la barre d'aide affichée en bas de l'écran.
-.TP
-.B \-z (\-\-suspend)
-Autorise à suspendre l'éditeur.
-.TP
-.B \-a, \-b, \-e, \-f, \-g, \-j
-Ignoré, pour être compatible avec Pico.
-
-.SH "FICHIERS D'INITIALISATION"
-\fBnano\fR lit les fichiers d'initialisation dans l'ordre suivant\ : 
-\fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fR, puis \fI~/.nanorc\fR. Référez-vous à la page de 
-manuel de \fBnanorc(5)\fR et au fichier d'exemple \fInanorc.sample\fR, 
-qui devraient tous les deux être livrés avec \fBnano\fR.
-
-.SH NOTES
-Si aucun correcteur orthographique de remplacement n'est indiqué dans la 
-ligne de commande ou dans l'un des fichiers nanorc, \fBnano\fR prendra 
-la commande indiquée par la variable d'environnement \fBSPELL\fR si 
-elle est définie.
-
-Dans certains cas, \fBnano\fR essaiera de sauvegarder le fichier en cours
-d'édition dans un fichier de secours. Cela arrivera principalement si
-\fBnano\fR reçoit un signal SIGHUP ou SIGTERM, ou bien se trouve à court de
-mémoire. Le nom de ce fichier de secours sera \fInano.save\fR si le fichier en
-cours n'avait pas encore de nom, ou sera composé du nom du fichier en cours
-suivi du suffixe «\ .save\ ». Si un fichier de ce nom existe déjà dans
-le répertoire, un «\ .save\ » et un nombre seront ajoutés à la fin du
-nom du fichier en cours afin de le rendre unique (par exemple,
-«\ .save.1\ »). En mode multi-espace, \fBnano\fR réalisera une
-sauvegarde de tous les fichiers en cours dans leurs fichiers de secours
-respectifs.
-
-.SH BOGUES
-Merci de nous faire parvenir vos commentaires et de nous signaler les
-bogues, en écrivant, en anglais, à \fBnano@nano-editor.org\fR.
-
-La liste de discussion anglophone \fBnano\fR est disponible à l'adresse
-\fBnano-devel@gnu.org\fR.
-
-Pour vous abonner, envoyez un courrier électronique à
-\fBnano-devel-request@gnu.org\fR, ayant pour objet «\ subscribe\ ».
-
-N'hésitez pas également à envoyez vos commentaires, suggestions et 
-corrections relatives à l'adaptation française de cette page de manuel 
-ou du logiciel à \fBjean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org\fR.
-
-.SH "SITE INTERNET"
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
-
-.SH "VOIR AUSSI"
-.PD 0
-.TP
-\fBnanorc\fR(5)
-.PP
-\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/\fR (ou son équivalent sur votre système)
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir les fichiers 
-\fIAUTHORS\fR et \fITHANKS\fR pour plus d'information). Cette page de 
-manuel a été initialement rédigée par Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org> pour 
-le système Debian (mais elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard 
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir 
-de la version 1.54 du 11\ octobre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de nano 
-2.0.0. Cette page a été relue par Gérard Delafond.
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours 
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/man/fr/nanorc.5

@@ -1,374 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
-.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 et 2007.
-.\" Ce travail d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la
-.\" page traduite reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs
-.\" originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2003, 2004,
-.\" 2005, 2006 and 2007. The translated man page in itself is still
-.\" subject to the copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est 
-.\"   pas le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 
-.\"   ou, à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 2007"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-
-.SH NOM
-nanorc \- fichier de configuration de l'éditeur nano du projet GNU 
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement le fichier de configuration de 
-l'éditeur \fBnano\fP GNU.
-.PP
-\fBnano\fP est un petit éditeur sympathique et libre, qui vise à 
-remplacer Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. 
-\fBnano\fP ne se contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de 
-Pico, il offre également certaines fonctionnalités manquantes (ou 
-désactivées par défaut) de Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, 
-les fonctions de recherche et de remplacement et la possibilité de 
-sauter directement à une ligne et à une colonne précise.
-.PP
-Le fichier \fInanorc\fP contient les paramètres par défaut de 
-\fBnano\fP. Il ne doit pas être au format DOS ou Mac. Lors de son 
-démarrage, nano commencera par lire le fichier de configuration général 
-\fISYSCONFDIR/nanorc\fP, puis lira le fichier de configuration personnel 
-de l'utilisateur \fI~/.nanorc\fP.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-Le fichier de configuration accepte une série de commandes \fBset\fP 
-(activer) et \fBunset\fP (désactiver), qui permettent de définir le 
-paramétrage de nano au démarrage sans avoir à utiliser d'options de
-ligne de commande. De plus, les mots clefs \fBsyntax\fP (syntaxe),
-\fBcolor\fP (couleur) et \fBicolor\fP (couleur insensible à la casse) 
-sont utilisés pour définir les règles de colorisation pour différents 
-motifs de texte. \fBnano\fP lit une commande par ligne.
-
-Les options du fichier de configuration ont priorité sur les valeurs par 
-défaut utilisées par nano. Les options de la ligne de commande sont 
-prioritaires par rapport aux options du fichier de configuration. Les 
-options sont désactivées (unset) par défaut, sauf les options prenant un 
-argument.
-
-Les apostrophes («\ \fI'\fP\ ») et les guillemets droits («\ \fI"\fP\ »)
-présents dans des chaînes de caractères utilisées comme paramètres n'ont 
-pas besoin d'être précédées d'une barre oblique inversée
-(«\ \fI\\\fP\ »). La chaîne sera terminée par le dernier guillemet 
-droit. Par exemple, pour l'option \fBbrackets\fP, "\fI"')>]}\fP" 
-correspondra à \fI"\fP, \fI'\fP, \fI)\fP, \fI>\fP, \fI]\fP et \fI}\fP.
-
-Les commandes et arguments reconnus sont\ :
-
-.TP 3
-.B set/unset autoindent
-Active l'indentation automatique.
-.TP
-.B set/unset backup
-Crée des copies de sécurité nommées
-.IR nom_du_fichier~ .
-.TP
-.B set backupdir "\fIrépertoire\fP"
-Définit le répertoire utilisé par \fBnano\fP pour enregistrer les copies 
-de sécurité uniques, si l'enregistrement de copies de sécurité est 
-activé.
-.TP
-.B set/unset backwards
-Par défaut, les recherches se font vers l'arrière.
-.TP
-.B set/unset boldtext
-Utilise des caractères gras à la place de la vidéo inverse.
-.TP
-.B set brackets "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les caractères considérés comme des crochets fermants lors de la 
-justification des paragraphes. Ces caractères ne doivent pas contenir 
-d'espaces. Seules les ponctuations terminales, éventuellement suivies 
-de crochets fermants, peuvent terminer une phrase.
-
-La valeur par défaut de cette option est\ : "\fI"')>]}\fP".
-
-N.D.T.\ : reportez-vous au paragraphe sur l'option \fBpunct\fR pour 
-plus d'informations.
-
-.TP
-.B set/unset casesensitive
-Par défaut, les recherches ne tiennent pas compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B set/unset const
-Affiche en permanence la position du curseur dans la ligne d'état.
-.TP
-.B set/unset cut
-Par défaut, coupe le texte du curseur à la fin de la ligne, au lieu de 
-couper la ligne entière.
-.TP
-.B set fill \fIn\fP
-Passe automatiquement à la ligne une fois arrivé à la colonne 
-\fIn\fR. Si la valeur indiquée est de 0 ou moins, le point de passage à 
-la ligne aura lieu à la taille de l'écran moins \fIn\fR. Cela permet de 
-faire varier le point de passage à la ligne lorsque l'on change la 
-taille de l'écran. La valeur par défaut est de \-8.
-.TP
-.B set/unset historylog
-Active l'utilisation de
-.I ~/.nano_history
-pour enregistrer et relire les chaînes ayant fait l'objet d'une 
-recherche ou d'un remplacement.
-.TP
-.B set matchbrackets "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les crochets ouvrants et fermant pour la recherche de crochets 
-correspondants. Cette liste ne doit pas contenir de blancs. L'ensemble 
-des crochets ouvrants doit être indiqué en premier, suivi de l'ensemble 
-des crochets fermant, qui doit être dans le même ordre. La valeur par 
-défaut de cette option est "\fI(<[{)>]}\fP".
-.TP
-.B set/unset morespace
-Utiliser la ligne blanche située sous la ligne de titre comme espace 
-supplémentaire d'édition.
-.TP
-.B set/unset mouse
-Active l'utilisation de la souris, si elle est disponible pour votre
-système. Lorsque celle-ci est activée, il est possible d'utiliser la
-souris pour positionner le curseur, pour marquer le texte (avec un
-double-clic) et pour lancer les fonctions correspondant aux raccourcis.
-Il est possible d'utiliser la souris sous X\ Window ou en mode console
-avec gpm.
-.TP
-.B set/unset multibuffer
-Mode multi-espace\ : permet de charger les fichiers dans leur propre 
-espace.
-.TP
-.B set/unset noconvert
-Pas de conversion depuis les formats DOS et Mac.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nofollow
-Ne suit pas les liens symboliques lors de l'écriture des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nohelp
-Désactive les lignes d'aide affichée en bas de l'écran.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nonewlines
-Ne pas ajouter de passage à la ligne à la fin des fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set/unset nowrap
-Désactive le passage automatique à la ligne.
-.TP
-.B set operatingdir "\fIrépertoire\fP"
-\fBnano\fP ne lira et n'écrira des fichiers qu'à l'intérieur du 
-\fIrépertoire\fP et de ses sous-répertoires. De plus, celui-ci devient 
-le répertoire courant, afin que les fichiers soient lus depuis ce 
-répertoire. Par défaut, cette fonction est désactivée.
-.TP
-.B set/unset preserve
-Préserve les séquences XON et XOFF (^Q et ^S).
-.TP
-.B set punct "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les caractères interprétés comme des ponctuations terminales 
-lors de la justification des paragraphes. Ces caractères ne peuvent 
-inclure de blancs. Seules les ponctuations terminales, éventuellement 
-suivies de crochets fermants, peuvent terminer une phrase. La valeur par 
-défaut de cette option est "\fI!.?\fP".
-
-N.D.T.\ : ce réglage permet, lors de la justification, de conserver
-2\ espaces au lieu d'une derrière les ponctuations terminales, ce qui 
-correspond aux normes typographiques anglo-saxonnes, mais n'a pas lieu 
-d'être en français. Pour le français, le plus simple est d'indiquer, 
-dans le fichier nanorc, une chaîne vide pour ce paramètre.
-.TP
-.B set/unset quickblank
-Effacement rapide de la ligne d'état. Les messages affichés par la ligne
-d'état disparaîtront après une frappe clavier au lieu de 25.
-.TP
-.B set quotestr "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit le préfixe par défaut utilisé pour les citations dans les 
-courriers électroniques. Ce préfixe est utilisé pour réaliser une 
-justification correcte de ces citations. Il s'agira, si votre système le 
-permet, d'une expression rationnelle étendue. Dans le cas 
-contraire, il s'agira d'une chaîne de texte brut. Si vous disposez des 
-expressions rationnelles, la valeur par défaut de cette option sera 
-"\fI^([\ \\t]*[#:>\\|}])+\fP", sinon, ce sera ">\ ". Notez que le
-«\ \\t\ » ci-dessus correspond à un caractère de tabulation.
-.TP
-.B set/unset rebinddelete
-Interprète différemment la touche «\ Supprimer\ », afin que les touches 
-«\ Effacement arrière\ » et «\ Supprimer\ » fonctionnent correctement. 
-Vous ne devriez avoir besoin de cette option que si, sur votre système, 
-la touche «\ Effacement arrière\ » produit l'effet de la touche «\ 
-Supprimer\ ».
-.TP
-.B set/unset rebindkeypad
-Interprète les touches du pavé numérique afin qu'elles fonctionnent 
-toutes correctement. Vous ne devriez utiliser cette option que si ce 
-n'est pas le cas, car nano ne sera plus capable d'utiliser la souris 
-correctement lorsque cette option sera activée.
-.TP
-.B set/unset regexp
-Utilise par défaut des expressions rationnelles étendues pour les 
-recherches.
-.TP
-.B set/unset smarthome
-Rend plus malin le fonctionnement de la touche «\ Début\ ». Lorsque
-cette touche est pressée à n'importe quel endroit excepté au tout début
-du texte d'une ligne (i.\ e. au premier caractère non blanc), le curseur
-se positionnera au début du texte de la ligne (qu'il soit en avant ou en 
-arrière). Si le curseur est déjà là, il se placera au vrai début de la 
-ligne.
-.TP
-.B set/unset smooth
-Active le défilement ligne-par-ligne du texte.
-.TP
-.B set speller "\fIprogramme\fP"
-Utilise le correcteur orthographique \fIprogramme\fP au lieu du 
-correcteur intégré, qui s'appuie sur \fIspell\fP.
-.TP
-.B set/unset suspend
-Autorise à suspendre \fBnano\fP.
-.TP
-.B set tabsize \fIn\fP
-Utilise une taille de tabulation de \fIn\fP colonnes. Cette valeur doit 
-être strictement supérieure à 0. La valeur par défaut est de\ 8.
-.TP
-.B set/unset tabstospaces
-Convertit les tabulations clavier en espaces.
-.TP
-.B set/unset tempfile
-S'il a été modifié, le fichier sera sauvegardé automatiquement en 
-quittant, sans demande de confirmation.
-.TP
-.B set/unset view
-Interdit de modifier les fichiers.
-.TP
-.B set whitespace "\fIchaîne\fP"
-Définit les deux caractères utilisés pour afficher les premiers 
-caractères des tabulations et des espaces. Ces deux caractères doivent 
-être mono-colonne.
-.TP
-.B set/unset wordbounds
-Détection plus précise des limites de mots, obtenue en considérant les
-caractères de ponctuation comme faisant partie des mots.
-.TP
-.B syntax "\fIchaîne\fP" ["\fImotif_de_fichier\fP" ... ]
-Définit une syntaxe nommée \fIchaîne\fP qui pourra être activé via 
-l'option \fB-Y\fP (ou \fB--syntax\fP) ou qui sera automatiquement 
-activée si le nom du fichier en cours correspond à l'expression 
-rationnelle étendue \fImotif_de_fichier\fP. Toutes les instructions 
-suivantes de colorisation \fBcolor\fP ou \fBicolor\fP s'appliqueront à 
-cette syntaxe, jusqu'à la définition d'une nouvelle syntaxe.
-
-La syntaxe nommée \fInone\fP (aucune) est réservée\ ; si elle est 
-indiquée dans la ligne de commande, cela revient à ne définir aucune 
-syntaxe. La syntaxe nommée \fIdefault\fP (par défaut) est spéciale, elle 
-ne nécessite aucun motif de \fImotif_de_fichier\fP, et s'applique aux 
-fichiers ne correspondant à aucun des \fImotif_de_fichier\fP des autres 
-syntaxes.
-.TP
-.B color \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] "\fImotif\fP" ...
-Pour la syntaxe en cours, affiche toutes les expressions correspondant à 
-l'expression rationnelle étendue \fImotif\fP en utilisant la couleur de 
-texte \fIcouleur_texte\fP et la couleur de fond \fIcouleur_fond\fP, 
-l'une de ces deux couleurs au moins devant être définie. Les couleurs 
-acceptées par \fBnano\fP pour le texte et le fond sont\ : \fIwhite\fP 
-(blanc), \fIblack\fP (noir), \fIred\fP (rouge), \fIblue\fP (bleu), 
-\fIgreen\fP (vert), \fIyellow\fP (jaune), \fImagenta\fP, et \fIcyan\fP. 
-Pour la couleur du texte, vous pouvez ajouter à ces couleurs le préfixe 
-\fIbright\fP (lumineux) pour obtenir une couleur plus lumineuse. Si 
-votre terminal est capable de gérer la transparence, ne pas spécifier de 
-\fIcouleur_fond\fP indique à \fBnano\fP d'essayer d'utiliser un fond 
-transparent.
-.TP
-.B icolor \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] "\fImotif\fP" ...
-Comme ci-dessus, mais la recherche des motifs est effectuée sans tenir 
-compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B color \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] start="\fImotif_début\fP" end="\fImotif_fin\fP"
-Affiche les expressions commençant par l'expression rationnelle étendue 
-\fImotif_début\fP et se terminant par l'expression rationnelle étendue 
-\fImotif_fin\fP en utilisant la couleur de texte \fIcouleur_texte\fP 
-et la couleur de fond \fIcouleur_fond\fP, l'une de ces deux couleurs au 
-moins devant être définie. Cela permet à la colorisation syntaxique de 
-s'étendre sur plusieurs lignes. Notez que toutes les occurrences 
-successives de \fImotif_début\fP après le \fImotif_début\fP initial 
-seront surlignées jusqu'à la prochaine instance de \fImotif_fin\fP.
-.TP
-.B icolor \fIcouleur_texte\fP[,\fIcouleur_fond\fP] start="\fImotif_début\fP" end="\fImotif_fin\fP"
-Comme ci-dessus, mais la recherche des motifs est effectuée sans tenir 
-compte de la casse.
-.TP
-.B include "\fIfichier_de_syntaxes\fP"
-Lit le fichier \fIfichier_de_syntaxes\fP contenant une liste 
-autosuffisante de définitions de syntaxes. Ce fichier ne doit contenir 
-que des commandes \fBsyntax\fP, \fBcolor\fP et \fBicolor\fP.
-
-.SH FICHIERS
-.TP
-.I $SYSCONFDIR/nanorc
-Fichier de configuration général
-.TP
-.I ~/.nanorc
-Fichier de configuration personnel
-
-.SH VOIR AUSSI
-.PD 0
-.TP
-\fBnano\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/examples/nanorc.sample\fP (ou son équivalent sur 
-votre système)
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir les fichiers
-\fIAUTHORS\fP et \fITHANKS\fP pour plus d'information). Cette page de
-manuel a été initialement rédigée par Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org> pour
-le système Debian (mais elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir de
-la version 1.56 du 11\ octobre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de nanorc 
-(pour la version 2.0.0 de nano). Cette page a été relue par Gérard 
-Delafond.
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours 
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/man/fr/rnano.1

@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\" Skeleton based on nano-tiny.1:
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.\"
-.\" Le travail d'adaptation française de cette page de manuel a été
-.\" réalisé par Jean-Philippe Guérard, en 2006 et 2007. Ce travail
-.\" d'adaptation est dans le domaine public. Attention, la page traduite
-.\" reste soumise au droit d'auteur de ses auteurs originaux.
-.\"
-.\" The French translation of this document is a public domain work of
-.\" Jean-Philippe Guérard. This translation work was made in 2006 and
-.\" 2007. The translated man page in itself is still subject to the
-.\" copyright of its original authors.
-.\"
-.\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
-.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
-.\"   Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version.  You
-.\"   should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\"   along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
-.\"   version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
-.\"   Back-Cover Texts.  You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
-.\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" Ce document est publié sous une double licence. Vous pouvez
-.\" le distribuer et le modifier selon les termes de l'une des deux
-.\" licences ci-dessous :
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence publique générale GNU (GNU GPL) version 3 ou, à
-.\"   votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation. Vous devriez avoir reçu une copie de la
-.\"   Licence publique générale GNU avec ce programme. Si ce n'est pas
-.\"   le cas, consultez <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.\" * La Licence de documentation libre GNU (GNU FDL), version 1.2 ou,
-.\"   à votre choix, supérieure, telle que publiée par la Free
-.\"   Software Foundation, sans section invariante, ni texte de
-.\"   première ou de quatrième de couverture. Vous devriez avoir reçu
-.\"   une copie de la Licence de documentation libre GNU avec ce
-.\"   programme. Si ce n'est pas le cas, consultez
-.\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.\"
-.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.0.0" "29\ novembre\ 20O7"
-.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
-.\" Merci de modifier ces dates à chaque mise à jour de cette page.
-.\"
-.SH NOM
-rnano \- Le mode restreint de NAno un NOuvel éditeur, un clone libre et 
-amélioré de Pico
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B rnano
-.I [OPTIONS]\ [[+LIGNE,COLONNE]\ FICHIER]...
-.br
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Cette page de manuel décrit brièvement la commande \fBrnano\fR.
-.PP
-.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
-.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invoke bold face and italics, 
-.\" respectively.
-\fBnano\fR est un éditeur petit, sympathique et libre, qui vise à 
-remplacer Pico, l'éditeur par défaut du logiciel non libre Pine. 
-\fBnano\fR ne se contentant pas de copier l'interface et l'ergonomie de 
-Pico, il offre également certaines fonctions manquantes (ou désactivées 
-par défaut) dans Pico. Ces fonctionnalités sont, par exemple, les 
-fonctions de recherche et de remplacement, et la possibilité de sauter 
-directement à une ligne et à une colonne précise..
-.PP
-\fBrnano\fP est une version de \fBnano\fP fonctionnant en mode 
-restreint, qui ne permet d'éditer que les fichiers indiqués et qui 
-n'autorise pas l'utilisateur à accéder au système de fichier ou à un 
-interpréteur de commandes.
-.PP
-En mode restreint, \fBnano\fP refusera\ :
-.IP \[bu] 2
-de lire ou d'écrire dans un fichier n'ayant pas été indiqué dans la 
-ligne de commande\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de lire un fichier nanorc\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de permettre de suspendre l'édition\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-de permettre d'ajouter en début ou en fin d'un fichier, ou de 
-l'enregistrer sous un nom différent\ ;
-.IP \[bu]
-l'utilisation de copies de sécurité ou de la correction orthographique.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B +\fILIGNE\fP,\fICOLONNE\fP
-Démarre avec le curseur positionné à la colonne \fICOLONNE\fP de
-la ligne \fILIGNE\fR (l'un des deux, au moins, devant être spécifié) au
-lieu de démarrer à la colonne\ 1, ligne\ 1.
-.TP
-.B \-?
-Identique à \fB\-h (\-\-help)\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-h (\-\-help)
-Affiche un résumé des options de lancement de nano, puis s'arrête.
-.TP
-.B \-V (\-\-version)
-Affiche la version, puis s'arrête.
-.PP
-Reportez-vous à la page de manuel \fBnano\fP(1) si vous souhaitez 
-consulter la documentation complète de \fBnano\fP.
-
-.SH BOGUES
-Merci de nous faire parvenir vos commentaires et de nous signaler les
-bogues, en écrivant, en anglais, à \fBnano@nano-editor.org\fR.
-
-La liste de discussion anglophone \fBnano\fR est disponible à l'adresse
-\fBnano-devel@gnu.org\fR.
-
-Pour vous abonner, envoyez un courrier électronique à
-\fBnano-devel-request@gnu.org\fR, ayant pour objet «\ subscribe\ ».
-
-N'hésitez pas également à envoyez vos commentaires, suggestions et
-corrections relatives à l'adaptation française de cette page de manuel
-ou du logiciel à \fBjean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org\fR.
-
-.SH "SITE INTERNET"
-http://www.nano-editor.org/
-
-.SH AUTEUR
-Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org> et d'autres (voir le fichier
-\fIAUTHORS\fR). Cette page de manuel a été initialement rédigée par 
-Thijs Kinkhorst <thijs@kinkhorst.com>, pour le système GNU Debian (mais 
-elle peut être utilisée par d'autres).
-
-.SH TRADUCTION
-Cette adaptation française a été réalisée par Jean-Philippe\ Guérard
-<jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> le 29\ novembre\ 2007 à partir
-de la version 1.19 du 6\ novembre\ 2007 de la page de manuel de rnano 
-(pour la version 2.0.0 de nano).
-
-Un maximum de soin a été apporté lors de l'élaboration de cette
-traduction\ ; néanmoins, quelques imperfections peuvent subsister. Si
-vous en rencontrez, que ce soit dans la version française ou dans la
-version originale, n'hésitez pas à les signaler à l'auteur ou au
-traducteur.
-
-La version originale la plus à jour de ce document est toujours
-consultable via la commande\ :
-
-LANGUAGE=en man nano

doc/nano.1

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
-.\" 2009, 2010, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .\"
 .\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
 .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
@@ -17,7 +16,7 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH NANO 1 "version 2.7.3" "December 2016"
+.TH NANO 1 "version 2.8.6" "July 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
 
 .SH NAME
@@ -28,11 +27,17 @@ nano \- Nano's ANOther editor, an enhanced free Pico clone
 .RI [ options "] [[+" line [, column "]]\ " file "]..."
 
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBnano\fP is a small, free and friendly editor which aims to replace
-Pico, the default editor included in the non-free Pine package.  On
-top of copying Pico's look and feel, \fBnano\fP also implements some
-missing (or disabled by default) features in Pico, such as "search and
-replace" and "go to line and column number".
+\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly editor.  It copies the look and feel
+of Pico, but is free software, and implements several features that Pico
+lacks, such as: opening multiple files, scrolling per line, undo/redo,
+syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines.
+
+When giving a filename on the command line, the cursor can be put on a
+specific line by adding the line number with a plus sign (\fB+\fR) before
+the filename, and even in a specific column by adding it with a comma.
+
+As a special case: if instead of a filename a dash (\fB\-\fR) is given,
+\fBnano\fR will read data from standard input.
 
 .SH EDITING
 Entering text and moving around in a file is straightforward: typing the
@@ -54,18 +59,13 @@ Since nano-2.7.0, text can also be selected by holding Shift and moving the
 cursor with the arrow keys.  Holding down the Alt key too will increase the
 stride.
 .PP
-The two lines at the bottom of the screen show the most important commands;
+The two lines at the bottom of the screen show some important commands;
 the built-in help (\fB^G\fR) lists all the available ones.
 The default key bindings can be changed via the .nanorc file -- see
 .BR nanorc (5).
 
 .SH OPTIONS
 .TP
-.B +\fIline\fP,\fIcolumn\fP
-Places the cursor on line number \fIline\fP and at column number \fIcolumn\fP
-(at least one of which must be specified) on startup, instead of the
-default line 1, column 1.
-.TP
 .BR \-A ", " \-\-smarthome
 Make the Home key smarter.  When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
 very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor will
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ filename suffixed with a tilde (\fB~\fP).
 .TP
 .BR \-C\ \fIdirectory\fR ", " \-\-backupdir= \fIdirectory
 Make and keep not just one backup file, but make and keep a uniquely
-numbered one every time a file is saved -- when backups are enabled.
+numbered one every time a file is saved -- when backups are enabled (\fB\-B\fR).
 The uniquely numbered files are stored in the specified \fIdirectory\fR.
 .TP
 .BR \-D ", " \-\-boldtext
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ Use bold text instead of reverse video text.
 Convert typed tabs to spaces.
 .TP
 .BR \-F ", " \-\-multibuffer
-Enable multiple file buffers (if support for them has been compiled in).
+Read a file into a new buffer by default.
 .TP
 .BR \-G ", " \-\-locking
-Enable vim-style file locking when editing files.
+Use vim-style file locking when editing files.
 .TP
 .BR \-H ", " \-\-historylog
 Log search and replace strings to \fI~/.nano/search_history\fP, so they can be
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Don't add newlines to the ends of files.
 Disable automatic conversion of files from DOS/Mac format.
 .TP
 .BR \-O ", " \-\-morespace
-Use the blank line below the titlebar as extra editing space.
+Use the blank line below the title bar as extra editing space.
 .TP
 .BR \-P ", " \-\-positionlog
 For the 200 most recent files, log the last position of the cursor,
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ This restricted mode is also accessible by invoking \fBnano\fP
 with any name beginning with 'r' (e.g. "rnano").
 .TP
 .BR \-S ", " \-\-smooth
-Enable smooth scrolling.  Text will scroll line-by-line, instead of the
+Use smooth scrolling: text will scroll line-by-line, instead of the
 usual chunk-by-chunk behavior.
 .TP
 .BR \-T\ \fInumber\fR ", " \-\-tabsize= \fInumber
@@ -144,8 +144,9 @@ Set the size (width) of a tab to \fInumber\fP columns.  The value of
 \fInumber\fP must be greater than 0.  The default value is 8.
 .TP
 .BR \-U ", " \-\-quickblank
-Do quick statusbar blanking.  Statusbar messages will disappear after 1
-keystroke instead of 25.  Note that \fB\-c\fP overrides this.
+Do quick status-bar blanking: status-bar messages will disappear after 1
+keystroke instead of 25.  Note that option \fB\-c\fR (\fB\-\-constantshow\fR)
+overrides this.
 .TP
 .BR \-V ", " \-\-version
 Show the current version number and exit.
@@ -163,8 +164,13 @@ should be considered as part of a word.  This overrides option
 Specify the name of the syntax highlighting to use from among the ones
 defined in the \fInanorc\fP files.
 .TP
+.BR \-a ", " \-\-atblanks
+When doing soft line wrapping, wrap lines at whitespace
+instead of always at the edge of the screen.
+.TP
 .BR \-c ", " \-\-constantshow
-Constantly show the cursor position.  Note that this overrides \fB\-U\fP.
+Constantly show the cursor position on the status bar.
+Note that this overrides option \fB\-U\fR (\fB\-\-quickblank\fR).
 .TP
 .BR \-d ", " \-\-rebinddelete
 Interpret the Delete key differently so that both Backspace and Delete
@@ -182,7 +188,7 @@ Show a summary of the available command-line options and exit.
 Indent new lines to the previous line's indentation.  Useful when
 editing source code.
 .TP
-.BR \-k ", " \-\-cut
+.BR \-k ", " \-\-cutfromcursor
 Make the 'Cut Text' command (normally \fB^K\fR) cut from the current cursor
 position to the end of the line, instead of cutting the entire line.
 .TP
@@ -220,7 +226,7 @@ Hard-wrap lines at column \fInumber\fP.  If this value is 0 or less, wrapping
 will occur at the width of the screen less \fInumber\fP columns, allowing
 the wrap point to vary along with the width of the screen if the screen
 is resized.  The default value is \-8.  This option conflicts with
-\fB\-w\fR -- the last one given takes effect.
+\fB\-w\fR (\fB\-\-nowrap\fR) -- the last one given takes effect.
 .TP
 .BR \-s\ \fIprogram\fR ", " \-\-speller= \fIprogram
 Use this alternative spell checker command.
@@ -238,7 +244,7 @@ Just view the file and disallow editing: read-only mode.
 .TP
 .BR \-w ", " \-\-nowrap
 Disable the hard-wrapping of long lines.  This option conflicts with
-\fB\-r\fR -- the last one given takes effect.
+\fB\-r\fR (\fB\-\-fill\fR) -- the last one given takes effect.
 .TP
 .BR \-x ", " \-\-nohelp
 Don't show the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
@@ -254,7 +260,7 @@ continuing it over multiple screen lines.  Since
 this option last when using other options (e.g.\& 'nano \-wS$') or pass it
 separately (e.g.\& 'nano \-wS \-$').
 .TP
-.BR \-a ", " \-b ", " \-e ", " \-f ", " \-j
+.BR \-b ", " \-e ", " \-f ", " \-j
 Ignored, for compatibility with Pico.
 
 .SH TOGGLES
@@ -299,7 +305,7 @@ Please report any other bugs that you encounter via:
 \fIhttps://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano\fR.
 
 .SH HOMEPAGE
-https://nano-editor.org/
+\fIhttps://nano-editor.org/\fR
 
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR nanorc (5)

doc/nanorc.5

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011,
-.\" 2013, 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.\" Copyright (C) 2003-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .\"
 .\" This document is dual-licensed.  You may distribute and/or modify it
 .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
@@ -17,7 +16,7 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.7.3" "December 2016"
+.TH NANORC 5 "version 2.8.6" "July 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
 
 .SH NAME
@@ -58,6 +57,10 @@ When backing up files, allow the backup to succeed even if its permissions
 can't be (re)set due to special OS considerations.  You should
 NOT enable this option unless you are sure you need it.
 .TP
+.B set atblanks
+When soft line wrapping is enabled, make it wrap lines at blank characters
+(tabs and spaces) instead of always at the edge of the screen.
+.TP
 .B set autoindent
 Use auto-indentation.
 .TP
@@ -67,7 +70,7 @@ the file's name.
 .TP
 .B set backupdir "\fIdirectory\fP"
 Make and keep not just one backup file, but make and keep a uniquely
-numbered one every time a file is saved --- when backups are enabled
+numbered one every time a file is saved -- when backups are enabled
 with \fBset backup\fR or \fB\-\-backup\fR or \fB\-B\fR.
 The uniquely numbered files are stored in the specified \fIdirectory\fR.
 .TP
@@ -75,9 +78,10 @@ The uniquely numbered files are stored in the specified \fIdirectory\fR.
 Do backwards searches by default.
 .TP
 .B set boldtext
-Use bold instead of reverse video for the titlebar, statusbar, key combos,
-and selected text.  This can be overridden for the first three by setting
-the options \fBtitlecolor\fP, \fBstatuscolor\fP, and \fBkeycolor\fP.
+Use bold instead of reverse video for the title bar, status bar, key combos,
+function tags, line numbers, and selected text.  This can be overridden for
+the first five by setting the options \fBtitlecolor\fP, \fBstatuscolor\fP,
+\fBkeycolor\fP, \fBfunctioncolor\fP, and \fBnumbercolor\fP.
 .TP
 .B set brackets "\fIstring\fP"
 Set the characters treated as closing brackets when justifying
@@ -91,14 +95,17 @@ Do case-sensitive searches by default.
 .B set constantshow
 Constantly display the cursor position in the status bar.
 (The old form of this option, '\fBset const\fR', is deprecated.)
+This overrides the option \fBquickblank\fR.
 .TP
-.B set cut
-Use cut-to-end-of-line by default, instead of cutting the whole line.
+.B set cutfromcursor
+Use cut-from-cursor-to-end-of-line by default, instead of cutting the whole line.
+(The old form of this option, '\fBset cut\fR', is deprecated.)
 .TP
 .B set fill \fInumber\fR
 Hard-wrap lines at column number \fInumber\fR.  If \fInumber\fR is 0 or less,
 the maximum line length will be the screen width less \fInumber\fP columns.
-The default value is \fB\-8\fR.
+The default value is \fB\-8\fR.  This option conflicts with
+\fBnowrap\fR -- the last one given takes effect.
 .TP
 .B set functioncolor \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR
 Specify the color combination to use for the function descriptions
@@ -130,7 +137,7 @@ come before the closing set, and the two sets must be in the same order.
 The default value is "\fB(<[{)>]}\fP".
 .TP
 .B set morespace
-Use the blank line below the titlebar as extra editing space.
+Use the blank line below the title bar as extra editing space.
 .TP
 .B set mouse
 Enable mouse support, if available for your system.  When enabled, mouse
@@ -151,8 +158,13 @@ Don't display the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
 .B set nonewlines
 Don't automatically add a newline to the ends of files.
 .TP
+.B set nopauses
+Don't pause between warnings at startup.  This means that only
+the last one will be visible (when there are multiple ones).
+.TP
 .B set nowrap
-Don't hard-wrap text at all.
+Don't hard-wrap text at all.  This option conflicts with
+\fBfill\fR -- the last one given takes effect.
 .TP
 .B set numbercolor \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR
 Specify the color combination to use for line numbers.
@@ -179,8 +191,8 @@ specfified closing punctuation, optionally followed by closing brackets
 (see \fBbrackets\fP), can end sentences.  The default value is "\fB!.?\fP".
 .TP
 .B set quickblank
-Do quick statusbar blanking.  Statusbar messages will disappear after 1
-keystroke instead of 25.
+Do quick status-bar blanking: status-bar messages will disappear after 1
+keystroke instead of 25.  The option \fBconstantshow\fR overrides this.
 .TP
 .B set quiet
 \fBnano\fP will not report errors in the \fInanorc\fP file nor ask them
@@ -230,7 +242,7 @@ Use spelling checker \fIspellprog\fP instead of the built-in one, which
 calls \fIspell\fP.
 .TP
 .B set statuscolor \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR
-Specify the color combination to use for the statusbar.
+Specify the color combination to use for the status bar.
 See \fBset titlecolor\fR for more details.
 .TP
 .B set suspend
@@ -247,7 +259,7 @@ Convert typed tabs to spaces.
 Save automatically on exit, don't prompt.
 .TP
 .B set titlecolor \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR
-Specify the color combination to use for the titlebar.
+Specify the color combination to use for the title bar.
 Valid names for the foreground and background colors are:
 .BR white ", " black ", " blue ", " green ", " red ", " cyan ", " yellow ",  and " magenta .
 The name of the foreground color may be prefixed with \fBbright\fR.
@@ -263,7 +275,8 @@ Disallow file modification.
 .TP
 .B set whitespace "\fIstring\fP"
 Set the two characters used to indicate the presence of tabs and
-spaces.  They must be single-column characters.
+spaces.  They must be single-column characters.  The default pair
+for a UTF-8 locale is "\fB\[Fc]\[md]\fR", and for other locales "\fB>.\fR".
 .TP
 .B set wordbounds
 Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
@@ -282,53 +295,58 @@ powerful enough to fully parse a file.  Nevertheless, regular
 expressions can do a lot and are easy to make, so they are a
 good fit for a small editor like \fBnano\fR.
 .sp
-A separate syntax can be defined for each kind of file
+For each kind of file a separate syntax can be defined
 via the following commands:
 .TP
-.BR syntax " ""\fIstr\fR"" [""\fIfileregex\fR"" ...]"
-Defines a syntax named \fIstr\fP which can be activated via the
-.BR \-Y / \-\-syntax
-command-line option, or will be automatically activated if
-the current filename matches the extended regular expression
-\fIfileregex\fP.  All subsequent \fBcolor\fR, \fBicolor\fR,
-\fBheader\fR and other such statements will apply to this
-\fIstr\fP syntax until a new \fBsyntax\fR command is encountered.
+.BR syntax " ""\fIname\fR"" [""\fIfileregex\fR"" ...]"
+Start the definition of a syntax with this \fIname\fR.
+All subsequent \fBcolor\fR and other such commands
+will be added to this syntax, until a new \fBsyntax\fR
+command is encountered.
 
-The \fBnone\fP syntax is reserved; specifying it on the command line is
-the same as not having a syntax at all.  The \fBdefault\fP syntax is
-special: it takes no \fIfileregex\fP, and applies to files that don't
-match any syntax's \fIfileregex\fP.
+When \fBnano\fR is run, this syntax will be automatically
+activated if the current filename matches the extended regular
+expression \fIfileregex\fR.  Or the syntax can be explicitly
+activated by using the \fB-Y\fR or \fB\-\-syntax\fR
+command-line option followed by the \fIname\fR.
+
+The syntax "\fBdefault\fP" is special: it takes no \fIfileregex\fR,
+and applies to files that don't match any syntax's regexes.
+The syntax "\fBnone\fP" is reserved; specifying it on the command line
+is the same as not having a syntax at all.
+.TP
+.BR header " ""\fIregex\fR"" " ...
+If from all defined syntaxes no \fIfileregex\fR matched, then compare
+this \fIregex\fR (or regexes) against the first line of the current file,
+to determine whether this syntax should be used for it.
+.TP
+.BR magic " ""\fIregex\fR"" " ...
+If no \fIfileregex\fR matched and no \fBheader\fR regex matched
+either, then compare this \fIregex\fR (or regexes) against the
+result of querying the \fBmagic\fP database about the current
+file, to determine whether this syntax should be used for it.
+(This functionality only works when \fBlibmagic\fP is installed on the
+system and will be silently ignored otherwise.)
 .TP
 .BI linter " program " \fR[ "arg " \fR...]
-Use the given \fIprogram\fR to run a syntax check on the current file
-(this overrides the speller function when defined).
+Use the given \fIprogram\fR to run a syntax check on the current file.
+(This overrides the speller function.)
 .TP
 .BI formatter " program " \fR[ "arg " \fR...]
-Use the given \fIprogram\fR to automatically reformat text.
-Useful in certain programming languages (e.g. Go).
+Use the given \fIprogram\fR to automatically reformat text --
+useful in a programming language like Go.
+(This overrides the speller and linter functions.)
 .TP
-.BR header " \fIregex\fR " ...
-Add one or more regexes which will
-be compared against the very first line of the file to be edited,
-to determine whether this syntax should be used for that file.
-.TP
-.BR magic " \fIregex\fR " ...
-Add one or more regexes which
-will be compared against the result of querying the \fBmagic\fP
-database about the file to be edited, to determine whether this
-syntax should be used for that file.  This
-functionality only works when \fBlibmagic\fP is installed on the
-system and will be silently ignored otherwise.
-.TP
-.BI comment " string"
-Use the given string for commenting and uncommenting lines.  A vertical bar or
-pipe character (|) designates bracket-style comments; for example, "/*|*/" for
+.BR comment " ""\fIstring\fR"""
+Use the given string for commenting and uncommenting lines.
+If the string contains a vertical bar or pipe character (\fB|\fR),
+this designates bracket-style comments; for example, "\fB/*|*/\fR" for
 CSS files.  The characters before the pipe are prepended to the line and the
 characters after the pipe are appended at the end of the line.  If no pipe
-character is present, the entire string is prepended; for example, "#" for
-Python files.  If empty double quotes are specified, the comment/uncomment
-function is disabled; for example, "" for JSON.  Double quotes or backslashes
-may be escaped with a backslash; for example, ".\\"" for man page source.
+character is present, the full string is prepended; for example, "\fB#\fR"
+for Python files.  If empty double quotes are specified, the comment/uncomment
+function is disabled; for example, "" for JSON.
+The default value is "\fB#\fP".
 .TP
 .B color \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR """\fIregex\fR""" ...
 Display all pieces of text that match
@@ -342,32 +360,33 @@ foreground.  If your terminal supports transparency, not specifying a
 background.
 .TP
 .B icolor \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR """\fIregex\fR""" ...
-Same as above, except that the text matching is case insensitive.
+Same as above, except that the matching is case insensitive.
 .TP
-.BR color " \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR " start= """\fIsr\fR"" " end= """\fIer\fR""
+.BR color " \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR " start= """\fIfromrx\fR"" " end= """\fItorx\fR""
 Display all pieces of text whose start matches extended regular expression
-\fIsr\fP and whose end matches extended regular expression \fIer\fP with
+\fIfromrx\fP and whose end matches extended regular expression \fItorx\fP with
 foreground color \fIfgcolor\fP and background color \fIbgcolor\fP,
 at least one of which must be specified.  This means that, after an
-initial instance of \fIsr\fP, all text will be highlighted until the
-first instance of \fIer\fP.  This allows syntax highlighting to span
+initial instance of \fIfromrx\fP, all text until the first instance of
+\fItorx\fP will be colored.  This allows syntax highlighting to span
 multiple lines.
 .TP
-.BR icolor " \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR " start= """\fIsr\fR"" " end= """\fIer\fR""
-Same as above, except that the text matching is case insensitive.
+.BR icolor " \fIfgcolor\fR,\fIbgcolor\fR " start= """\fIfromrx\fR"" " end= """\fItorx\fR""
+Same as above, except that the matching is case insensitive.
 .TP
 .BR include " ""\fIsyntaxfile\fR"""
 Read in self-contained color syntaxes from \fIsyntaxfile\fP.  Note that
 \fIsyntaxfile\fP may contain only the above commands, from \fBsyntax\fP
 to \fBicolor\fP.
 .TP
-.BI extendsyntax " str directive " \fR[ "arg " \fR...]
-Extend the syntax previously defined as \fIstr\fP to include
-new information.  This allows you to add a new \fBcolor\fP, \fBicolor\fP,
-\fBheader\fP, \fBmagic\fP, \fBcomment\fP, \fBlinter\fP, or \fBformatter\fP directive
-to an already defined syntax -- useful when you want to
+.BI extendsyntax " name command " \fR[ "arg " \fR...]
+Extend the syntax previously defined as \fIname\fR with another
+\fIcommand\fR.  This allows adding a new \fBcolor\fP, \fBicolor\fP,
+\fBheader\fP, \fBmagic\fP, \fBcomment\fP, \fBlinter\fP, or \fBformatter\fP
+command to an already defined syntax -- useful when you want to
 slightly improve a syntax defined in one of the system-installed
-files (which are normally not writable)
+files (which normally are not writable).
+
 .SH REBINDING KEYS
 Key bindings can be changed via the following two commands:
 .TP
@@ -661,7 +680,7 @@ Toggles the presence of the two-line list of key bindings at the bottom of the s
 Toggles the constant display of the current line, column, and character positions.
 .TP
 .B morespace
-Toggles the presence of the blank line which 'separates' the titlebar from the file text.
+Toggles the presence of the blank line that 'separates' the title bar from the file text.
 .TP
 .B smoothscroll
 Toggles smooth scrolling (when moving around with the arrow keys).

doc/rnano.1

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 .\"   Documentation License along with this program.  If not, see
 .\"   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 .\"
-.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.7.3" "December 2016"
+.TH RNANO 1 "version 2.8.6" "July 2017"
 .\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
 
 .SH NAME

doc/sample.nanorc.in

@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@
 ## versions of nano installed (e.g. your home directory is on NFS).
 # set quiet
 
+## When soft line wrapping is enabled, make it wrap lines at blanks
+## (tabs and spaces) instead of always at the edge of the screen.
+# set atblanks
+
 ## Use auto-indentation.
 # set autoindent
 
@@ -44,13 +48,14 @@
 ## Do case-sensitive searches by default.
 # set casesensitive
 
-## Constantly display the cursor position in the statusbar.  Note that
+## Constantly display the cursor position in the status bar.  Note that
 ## this overrides "quickblank".
 # set constantshow
 ## (The old form, 'const', is deprecated.)
 
-## Use cut-to-end-of-line by default.
-# set cut
+## Use cut-from-cursor-to-end-of-line by default.
+# set cutfromcursor
+## (The old form, 'cut', is deprecated.)
 
 ## Set the line length for wrapping text and justifying paragraphs.
 ## If the value is 0 or less, the wrapping point will be the screen
@@ -76,7 +81,7 @@
 ## come before the latter set, and both must be in the same order.
 # set matchbrackets "(<[{)>]}"
 
-## Use the blank line below the titlebar as extra editing space.
+## Use the blank line below the title bar as extra editing space.
 # set morespace
 
 ## Enable mouse support, if available for your system.  When enabled,
@@ -95,6 +100,10 @@
 ## Don't display the helpful shortcut lists at the bottom of the screen.
 # set nohelp
 
+## Don't pause between warnings at startup.  Which means that only the
+## last one will be readable (when there are multiple ones).
+# set nopauses
+
 ## Don't add newlines to the ends of files.
 # set nonewlines
 
@@ -120,8 +129,8 @@
 ## sentences.
 # set punct "!.?"
 
-## Do quick statusbar blanking.  Statusbar messages will disappear after
-## 1 keystroke instead of 26.  Note that "const" overrides this.
+## Do quick status-bar blanking.  Status-bar messages will disappear after
+## 1 keystroke instead of 26.  Note that "constantshow" overrides this.
 # set quickblank
 
 ## The email-quote string, used to justify email-quoted paragraphs.
@@ -198,10 +207,16 @@
 ## Paint the interface elements of nano.
 ## These are examples; by default there are no colors.
 # set titlecolor brightwhite,blue
-# set numbercolor cyan
 # set statuscolor brightwhite,green
-# set keycolor green
-# set functioncolor yellow
+# set numbercolor cyan
+# set keycolor cyan
+# set functioncolor green
+## In root's .nanorc you might want to use:
+# set titlecolor brightwhite,red
+# set statuscolor brightwhite,red
+# set numbercolor magenta
+# set keycolor brightmagenta
+# set functioncolor magenta
 
 
 ## Setup of syntax coloring.

doc/syntax/default.nanorc

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-## A default syntax, which is used
-## for files that do not match any other syntax.
-
-syntax "default"
-comment "#"
-
-# Spaces in front of tabs.
-color ,red " +	+"
-
-# Nano's name, including version.
-color brightred "(GNU )?nano [1-9]\.[0-9]\.[^[:space:][:punct:]]+"

doc/syntax/html.nanorc

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-## Here is a short example for HTML.
-
-syntax "html" "\.html?$"
-magic "HTML document text"
-comment "<!--|-->"
-
-color cyan start="<" end=">"
-color red "&[^;[:space:]]*;"
-color green ""(\\.|[^"])*""
-
-color yellow start="<!--" end="-->"

doc/syntax/php.nanorc

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-## Here is an example for PHP.
-
-syntax "php" "\.php[2345s~]?$"
-magic "PHP script text"
-comment "//"
-
-# PHP markings.
-color brightgreen "(<\?(php)?|\?>)"
-
-# Functions.
-color white "\<[a-z_]*\("
-
-# Types.
-color green "\<(var|float|global|double|bool|char|int|enum|const)\>"
-
-# Structure.
-color brightyellow "\<(class|new|private|public|function|for|foreach|if|while|do|else|elseif|case|default|switch)\>"
-
-# Control flow.
-color magenta "\<(goto|continue|break|return)\>"
-
-# Strings.
-color brightyellow "<[^=       ]*>" ""(\.|[^"])*""
-
-# Comments.
-color brightblue "//.*"
-color brightblue start="/\*" end="\*/"
-##color blue start="<" end=">"
-##color red "&[^;[:space:]]*;"
-
-# Trailing whitespace.
-color ,green "[[:space:]]+$"

doc/texinfo/.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-texinfo.tex
-nano.html
-nano.info

doc/texinfo/Makefile.am

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
-
-MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = nano.html
-
-nano.html: nano.texi
-	makeinfo --no-split --html < $< > $@
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(info_TEXINFOS) $(BUILT_SOURCES)

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -1,5 +1,36 @@
-EXTRA_DIST = ac_define_dir.m4 codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glib-2.0.m4 \
-		glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 inttypes_h.m4 \
-		inttypes.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 \
-		lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4 \
-		stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	ac_define_dir.m4 \
+	ax_check_compile_flag.m4 \
+	codeset.m4 \
+	extern-inline.m4 \
+	fcntl-o.m4 \
+	gettext.m4 \
+	glibc21.m4 \
+	glibc2.m4 \
+	gnulib-cache.m4 \
+	iconv.m4 \
+	intdiv0.m4 \
+	intldir.m4 \
+	intl.m4 \
+	intlmacosx.m4 \
+	intmax.m4 \
+	inttypes_h.m4 \
+	inttypes-pri.m4 \
+	lcmessage.m4 \
+	lib-ld.m4 \
+	lib-link.m4 \
+	lib-prefix.m4 \
+	lock.m4 \
+	longlong.m4 \
+	nls.m4 \
+	po.m4 \
+	printf-posix.m4 \
+	progtest.m4 \
+	size_max.m4 \
+	stdint_h.m4 \
+	threadlib.m4 \
+	uintmax_t.m4 \
+	visibility.m4 \
+	wchar_t.m4 \
+	wint_t.m4 \
+	xsize.m4

m4/codeset.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
-      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
-    ])
-  if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
-      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
-  fi
-])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -1,587 +0,0 @@
-# gettext.m4 serial 17 (gettext-0.11.5)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
-dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2002.
-
-dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
-dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
-dnl    default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
-dnl    INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
-dnl    and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
-dnl    If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
-dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
-dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
-dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
-dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
-dnl    will be ignored.  If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
-dnl    'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
-dnl    support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
-dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
-dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
-dnl
-dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
-dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
-dnl    and used.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
-dnl    Catalog format: none
-dnl    Catalog extension: none
-dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
-dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
-dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
-dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
-dnl maintainers.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
-[
-  dnl Argument checking.
-  ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])])
-  ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
-    [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-])])])])
-  define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
-  define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
-
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
-  ])
-
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-  dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
-  dnl      if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-  dnl        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-  dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-  dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
-  dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
-  dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
-  dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
-  dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
-  dnl documented, we avoid it.
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-  ])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-  dnl Default is enabled NLS
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-    [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-    USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-  AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-  ])
-  LIBINTL=
-  LTLIBINTL=
-  POSUB=
-
-  dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-    gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-    ])
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
-        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-
-        dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
-        define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
-        define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
-        define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
-
-        AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
-         [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
-            [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
-
-        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-          dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
-          ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
-            AM_ICONV_LINK
-          ])
-          dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
-          dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
-          dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
-          dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
-          AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
-          AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
-            gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
-           [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-            CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
-            gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-            LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
-            AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
-              [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
-              gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
-              gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
-            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
-            if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
-              LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-              AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
-[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
-#endif
-changequote(,)dnl
-typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
-changequote([,])dnl
-], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
-                [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
-               [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
-                LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
-                gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
-               ])
-            fi
-            CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
-            LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-        fi
-
-        dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
-        dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
-        dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
-        dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
-        if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
-           || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
-                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
-          gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
-        else
-          dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
-          LIBINTL=
-          LTLIBINTL=
-          INCINTL=
-        fi
-
-    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-        if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
-          dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
-          dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
-          nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
-        LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
-        LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
-      fi
-
-      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-      fi
-    ])
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
-       || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
-        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested.])
-    else
-      USE_NLS=no
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-
-    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
-      if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-        AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
-        AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
-      fi
-
-      dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
-       [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
-       [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-    fi
-
-    dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
-    POSUB=po
-  fi
-
-  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
-    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
-    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
-    nls_cv_header_intl=
-    nls_cv_header_libgt=
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    DATADIRNAME=share
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    GENCAT=gencat
-    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
-
-    dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
-    INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
-    AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
-  ])
-
-  dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-  INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
-  AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-
-  dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
-  AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
-  AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
-  AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-])
-
-
-dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory,
-dnl except for USE_NLS.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
-
-  dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
-  dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-
-  dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
-  dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
-  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
-    :)
-  dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
-  rm -f messages.po
-
-  dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
-  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
-    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-
-  dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-  dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
-  if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
-    dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
-    dnl Makefiles still can work.
-    if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
-      : ;
-    else
-      GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(
-        [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
-      GMSGFMT=":"
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-  dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-  if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-    dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-    dnl Makefiles still can work.
-    if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
-      : ;
-    else
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(
-        [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-      XGETTEXT=":"
-    fi
-    dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
-    rm -f messages.po
-  fi
-
-  AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
-    for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
-      # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
-      case "$ac_file" in
-        *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-      esac
-      # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
-      case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
-        # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-        ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-        ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
-        ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-        # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-        # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-        test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-        case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-          .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-          /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-          *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-        esac
-        if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
-          rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ 	]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-          # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
-          # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
-          # parameters.
-          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
-            # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
-            if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-              test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
-            fi
-            ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
-            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
-            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
-          fi
-          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-            .) srcdirpre= ;;
-            *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
-          esac
-          POFILES=
-          GMOFILES=
-          UPDATEPOFILES=
-          DUMMYPOFILES=
-          for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-            POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
-            GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
-            UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
-            DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
-          done
-          # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
-          # environment variable.
-          INST_LINGUAS=
-          if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
-            for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-              useit=no
-              if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
-                desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
-              else
-                desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
-              fi
-              for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
-                # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-                #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-                #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-                #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-                #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-                case "$desiredlang" in
-                  "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-                esac
-              done
-              if test $useit = yes; then
-                INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          CATALOGS=
-          if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
-            for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
-              CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
-            done
-          fi
-          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
-          sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
-          for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
-            if test -f "$f"; then
-              case "$f" in
-                *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
-                *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
-              esac
-            fi
-          done
-        fi
-        ;;
-      esac
-    done],
-   [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
-    # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
-    # from automake.
-    eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
-    # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
-    LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
-   ])
-])
-
-
-dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
-dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
-dnl            USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
-
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
-stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
-geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
-strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-  AM_ICONV
-  AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
-  if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-    AM_LC_MESSAGES
-  fi
-
-  dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
-  dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
-  dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
-  dnl compile.
-  dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
-  dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
-  dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
-  dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
-  dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
-  dnl present or too old.
-  AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
-  if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
-    ac_verc_fail=yes
-  else
-    dnl Found it, now check the version.
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
-changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-    ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
-    case $ac_prog_version in
-      '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-      1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
-changequote([,])dnl
-         ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
-      *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-    esac
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
-  fi
-  if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
-    INTLBISON=:
-  fi
-])
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
-[
-  dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-  dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
-  dnl Try to locate is.
-  MKINSTALLDIRS=
-  if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-    MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-  fi
-  if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-    MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-])
-
-
-dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])

m4/glib-2.0.m4

@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-# Configure paths for GLIB
-# Owen Taylor     1997-2001
-
-dnl AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
-dnl Test for GLIB, and define GLIB_CFLAGS and GLIB_LIBS, if gmodule, gobject or 
-dnl gthread is specified in MODULES, pass to pkg-config
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0],
-[dnl 
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from pkg-config
-dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(glibtest, [  --disable-glibtest      do not try to compile and run a test GLIB program],
-		    , enable_glibtest=yes)
-
-  pkg_config_args=glib-2.0
-  for module in . $4
-  do
-      case "$module" in
-         gmodule) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gmodule-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gmodule-no-export) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gmodule-no-export-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gobject) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gobject-2.0"
-         ;;
-         gthread) 
-             pkg_config_args="$pkg_config_args gthread-2.0"
-         ;;
-      esac
-  done
-
-  AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config, no)
-
-  no_glib=""
-
-  if test x$PKG_CONFIG != xno ; then
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.7 ; then
-      :
-    else
-      echo *** pkg-config too old; version 0.7 or better required.
-      no_glib=yes
-      PKG_CONFIG=no
-    fi
-  else
-    no_glib=yes
-  fi
-
-  min_glib_version=ifelse([$1], ,2.0.0,$1)
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GLIB - version >= $min_glib_version)
-
-  if test x$PKG_CONFIG != xno ; then
-    ## don't try to run the test against uninstalled libtool libs
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --uninstalled $pkg_config_args; then
-	  echo "Will use uninstalled version of GLib found in PKG_CONFIG_PATH"
-	  enable_glibtest=no
-    fi
-
-    if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-version $min_glib_version $pkg_config_args; then
-	  :
-    else
-	  no_glib=yes
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test x"$no_glib" = x ; then
-    GLIB_GENMARSHAL=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=glib_genmarshal glib-2.0`
-    GOBJECT_QUERY=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=gobject_query glib-2.0`
-    GLIB_MKENUMS=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=glib_mkenums glib-2.0`
-
-    GLIB_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags $pkg_config_args`
-    GLIB_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs $pkg_config_args`
-    glib_config_major_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-    glib_config_minor_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-    glib_config_micro_version=`$PKG_CONFIG --modversion glib-2.0 | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-    if test "x$enable_glibtest" = "xyes" ; then
-      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-      LIBS="$GLIB_LIBS $LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed GLIB is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of pkg-config to some extent)
-dnl
-      rm -f conf.glibtest
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-int 
-main ()
-{
-  int major, minor, micro;
-  char *tmp_version;
-
-  system ("touch conf.glibtest");
-
-  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
-  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_glib_version");
-  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
-     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_glib_version");
-     exit(1);
-   }
-
-  if ((glib_major_version != $glib_config_major_version) ||
-      (glib_minor_version != $glib_config_minor_version) ||
-      (glib_micro_version != $glib_config_micro_version))
-    {
-      printf("\n*** 'pkg-config --modversion glib-2.0' returned %d.%d.%d, but GLIB (%d.%d.%d)\n", 
-             $glib_config_major_version, $glib_config_minor_version, $glib_config_micro_version,
-             glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-      printf ("*** was found! If pkg-config was correct, then it is best\n");
-      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GLib. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
-      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
-      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
-      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
-      printf("*** If pkg-config was wrong, set the environment variable PKG_CONFIG_PATH\n");
-      printf("*** to point to the correct configuration files\n");
-    } 
-  else if ((glib_major_version != GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
-	   (glib_minor_version != GLIB_MINOR_VERSION) ||
-           (glib_micro_version != GLIB_MICRO_VERSION))
-    {
-      printf("*** GLIB header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
-	     GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, GLIB_MICRO_VERSION);
-      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
-	     glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if ((glib_major_version > major) ||
-        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version > minor)) ||
-        ((glib_major_version == major) && (glib_minor_version == minor) && (glib_micro_version >= micro)))
-      {
-        return 0;
-       }
-     else
-      {
-        printf("\n*** An old version of GLIB (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
-               glib_major_version, glib_minor_version, glib_micro_version);
-        printf("*** You need a version of GLIB newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
-	       major, minor, micro);
-        printf("*** GLIB is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
-        printf("***\n");
-        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
-        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the pkg-config shell script is\n");
-        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
-        printf("*** of GLIB, but you can also set the PKG_CONFIG environment to point to the\n");
-        printf("*** correct copy of pkg-config. (In this case, you will have to\n");
-        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
-        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
-      }
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-],, no_glib=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
-       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test "x$no_glib" = x ; then
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $glib_config_major_version.$glib_config_minor_version.$glib_config_micro_version))
-     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])     
-  else
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-     if test "$PKG_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
-       echo "*** A new enough version of pkg-config was not found."
-       echo "*** See http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/"
-     else
-       if test -f conf.glibtest ; then
-        :
-       else
-          echo "*** Could not run GLIB test program, checking why..."
-          ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-          ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GLIB_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$LIBS $GLIB_LIBS"
-          AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-],      [ return ((glib_major_version) || (glib_minor_version) || (glib_micro_version)); ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
-          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GLIB or finding the wrong"
-          echo "*** version of GLIB. If it is not finding GLIB, you'll need to set your"
-          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
-          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
-          echo "*** is required on your system"
-	  echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
-          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH" ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
-          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GLIB is incorrectly installed."])
-          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-       fi
-     fi
-     GLIB_CFLAGS=""
-     GLIB_LIBS=""
-     GLIB_GENMARSHAL=""
-     GOBJECT_QUERY=""
-     GLIB_MKENUMS=""
-     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_GENMARSHAL)
-  AC_SUBST(GOBJECT_QUERY)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_MKENUMS)
-  rm -f conf.glibtest
-])

m4/glibc21.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
-# From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
-  [
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
-      ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
-      [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
-	[
-#include <features.h>
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
- #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
-  Lucky GNU user
- #endif
-#endif
-	],
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
-      ]
-    )
-    AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
-    GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
-  ]
-)

m4/iconv.m4

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
-[
-  dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
-  dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
-
-  dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
-
-  dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
-  dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
-  am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
-    am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
-    am_cv_lib_iconv=no
-    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-      [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-       iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-       iconv_close(cd);],
-      am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-    if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
-      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
-      AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-        [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-         iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-         iconv_close(cd);],
-        am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
-        am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-      LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
-    fi
-  ])
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
-  fi
-  if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
-  else
-    dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
-    dnl either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIBICONV=
-    LTLIBICONV=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
-  AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
-[
-  AM_ICONV_LINK
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
-    AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
-      AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
-size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
-#else
-size_t iconv();
-#endif
-], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
-      am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
-    am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
-         }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
-      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
-  fi
-])

m4/intdiv0.m4

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
-    gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
-    [
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-
-static void
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-sigfpe_handler (int sig)
-#else
-sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
-#endif
-{
-  /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal.  */
-  exit (sig != SIGFPE);
-}
-
-int x = 1;
-int y = 0;
-int z;
-int nan;
-
-int main ()
-{
-  signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
-/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP.  */
-#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
-  signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
-#endif
-/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL.  */
-#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
-  signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
-#endif
-
-  z = x / y;
-  nan = y / y;
-  exit (1);
-}
-], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
-        [
-          # Guess based on the CPU.
-          case "$host_cpu" in
-            alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
-              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
-            *)
-              gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
-          esac
-        ])
-    ])
-  case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
-    *yes) value=1;;
-    *) value=0;;
-  esac
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
-    [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
-])

m4/inttypes-pri.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
-# macros to non-string values.  This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
-  if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
-      gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
-      [
-        AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
-#ifdef PRId32
-char *p = PRId32;
-#endif
-], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
-      ])
-  fi
-  if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
-      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
-  fi
-])

m4/inttypes.m4

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
-# <sys/types.h>.
-
-AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
-  [
-    AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-      [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>],
-      [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
-  ])
-  if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
-      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
-  fi
-])

m4/inttypes_h.m4

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-# inttypes_h.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
-# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
-  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>],
-    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
-    jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
-    jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
-[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
-   and declares uintmax_t. ])
-  fi
-])

m4/isc-posix.m4

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer.  Remove it in 2005.
-
-# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
-# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
-# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
-# still uses it.  Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
-# give these diagnostics:
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-
-undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
-  [
-    dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
-  ]
-)

m4/lcmessage.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
-       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
-  if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
-      [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
-  fi
-])

m4/lib-ld.m4

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-# lib-ld.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
-dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
-dnl with libtool.m4.
-
-dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-])
-
-dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
-      [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
-      # Canonicalize the path of ld
-      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
-])

m4/lib-link.m4

@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@
-# lib-link.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
-dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
-    AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
-    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
-  ])
-  LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
-  LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
-  INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
-  dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
-  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-  undefine([Name])
-  undefine([NAME])
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
-dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
-dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
-dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
-dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
-dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
-dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
-dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
-  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-
-  dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
-  dnl accordingly.
-  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
-
-  dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
-  dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
-  dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
-  ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
-    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
-    AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
-    LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-  ])
-  if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
-    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
-  else
-    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
-    dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
-    dnl $INC[]NAME either.
-    CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LIB[]NAME=
-    LTLIB[]NAME=
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
-  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
-  undefine([Name])
-  undefine([NAME])
-])
-
-dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
-dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
-dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L,
-dnl sys_lib_search_path_spec, sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])                dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD])            dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])         dnl we use $host
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
-    CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
-    ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
-    . ./conftest.sh
-    rm -f ./conftest.sh
-    acl_cv_rpath=done
-  ])
-  wl="$acl_cv_wl"
-  libext="$acl_cv_libext"
-  shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
-  hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
-  hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
-  hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
-  dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
-    [  --disable-rpath         do not hardcode runtime library paths],
-    :, enable_rpath=yes)
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
-dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
-dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
-[
-  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
-                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
-[  --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR]  search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-lib$1-prefix     don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
-  dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
-  LIB[]NAME=
-  LTLIB[]NAME=
-  INC[]NAME=
-  rpathdirs=
-  ltrpathdirs=
-  names_already_handled=
-  names_next_round='$1 $2'
-  while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
-    names_this_round="$names_next_round"
-    names_next_round=
-    for name in $names_this_round; do
-      already_handled=
-      for n in $names_already_handled; do
-        if test "$n" = "$name"; then
-          already_handled=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$already_handled"; then
-        names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
-        dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
-        dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
-        uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
-        eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
-        if test -n "$value"; then
-          if test "$value" = yes; then
-            eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-            eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
-            test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
-          else
-            dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
-            dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
-            :
-          fi
-        else
-          dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
-          dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
-          found_dir=
-          found_la=
-          found_so=
-          found_a=
-          if test $use_additional = yes; then
-            if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
-              found_dir="$additional_libdir"
-              found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
-              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
-                found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
-              fi
-            else
-              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
-                found_dir="$additional_libdir"
-                found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
-                if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
-                  found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
-            for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-              AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-              case "$x" in
-                -L*)
-                  dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                  if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
-                    found_dir="$dir"
-                    found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
-                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
-                      found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
-                    fi
-                  else
-                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
-                      found_dir="$dir"
-                      found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
-                      if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
-                        found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                  ;;
-              esac
-              if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-                break
-              fi
-            done
-          fi
-          if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
-            dnl Found the library.
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-            if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
-              dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
-              dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
-              dnl standard /usr/lib.
-              if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
-                dnl No hardcoding is needed.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-              else
-                dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                dnl binary.
-                dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                haveit=
-                for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                  if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                    haveit=yes
-                    break
-                  fi
-                done
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
-                fi
-                dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
-                if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
-                  dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-                  dnl resulting binary.
-                  LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                else
-                  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
-                    dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
-                    dnl binary.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                    dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                      if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
-                    fi
-                  else
-                    dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
-                    dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
-                    dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
-                    haveit=
-                    for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                      if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
-                        haveit=yes
-                        break
-                      fi
-                    done
-                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
-                    fi
-                    if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
-                    else
-                      dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
-                      dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
-                      dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
-                      dnl very old systems.
-                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
-                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
-                      dnl here.
-                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            else
-              if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
-                dnl Linking with a static library.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
-              else
-                dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
-                dnl fallback.
-                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
-            additional_includedir=
-            case "$found_dir" in
-              */lib | */lib/)
-                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
-                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
-                ;;
-            esac
-            if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
-              dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-              dnl But don't add it
-              dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-              dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-              dnl   3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
-              dnl      constructed $INCNAME,
-              dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-              if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-                haveit=
-                if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-                  if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                    case $host_os in
-                      linux*) haveit=yes;;
-                    esac
-                  fi
-                fi
-                if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                  for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
-                    AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                    if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-                      haveit=yes
-                      break
-                    fi
-                  done
-                  if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                    if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-                      dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
-                      INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-                    fi
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-            fi
-            dnl Look for dependencies.
-            if test -n "$found_la"; then
-              dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
-              dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
-              dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
-              save_libdir="$libdir"
-              case "$found_la" in
-                */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
-                *) . "./$found_la" ;;
-              esac
-              libdir="$save_libdir"
-              dnl We use only dependency_libs.
-              for dep in $dependency_libs; do
-                case "$dep" in
-                  -L*)
-                    additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
-                    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
-                    dnl But don't add it
-                    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-                    dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-                    dnl   3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
-                    dnl      constructed $LIBNAME,
-                    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-                    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
-                      haveit=
-                      if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
-                        if test -n "$GCC"; then
-                          case $host_os in
-                            linux*) haveit=yes;;
-                          esac
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
-                            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                        haveit=
-                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
-                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-                            haveit=yes
-                            break
-                          fi
-                        done
-                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
-                            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-                          fi
-                        fi
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -R*)
-                    dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
-                    if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
-                      dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $rpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                      dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
-                      dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
-                      haveit=
-                      for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
-                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
-                          haveit=yes
-                          break
-                        fi
-                      done
-                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-                        ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
-                      fi
-                    fi
-                    ;;
-                  -l*)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
-                    ;;
-                  *.la)
-                    dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
-                    dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
-                    dnl option.
-                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
-                    ;;
-                  *)
-                    dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
-                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
-                    ;;
-                esac
-              done
-            fi
-          else
-            dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
-            dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
-            dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
-            dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
-            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    done
-  done
-  if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-      dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
-      dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
-      dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
-      alldirs=
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
-      done
-      dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
-      acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-      libdir="$alldirs"
-      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-    else
-      dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
-      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
-        acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
-        libdir="$found_dir"
-        eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-        libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
-        LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
-      done
-    fi
-  fi
-  if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
-    dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
-    dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
-    for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
-      LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
-    done
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
-dnl unless already present in VAR.
-dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
-dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
-[
-  for element in [$2]; do
-    haveit=
-    for x in $[$1]; do
-      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-      if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
-        haveit=yes
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    if test -z "$haveit"; then
-      [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
-    fi
-  done
-])

m4/lib-prefix.m4

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-# lib-prefix.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
-dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
-dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
-dnl with the same --prefix option.
-dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
-dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
-[
-  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
-  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
-  use_additional=yes
-  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-  ])
-  AC_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
-[  --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
-  --without-lib-prefix    don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
-[
-    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
-      use_additional=no
-    else
-      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
-          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
-          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
-        ])
-      else
-        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
-        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
-      fi
-    fi
-])
-  if test $use_additional = yes; then
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux*) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
-            CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-    dnl But don't add it
-    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
-    dnl   2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
-    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
-    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
-    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
-      haveit=
-      for x in $LDFLAGS; do
-        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
-        if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
-          haveit=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      if test -z "$haveit"; then
-        if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
-          if test -n "$GCC"; then
-            case $host_os in
-              linux*) haveit=yes;;
-            esac
-          fi
-        fi
-        if test -z "$haveit"; then
-          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
-            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
-            LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
-          fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
-dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
-dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
-[
-  dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
-  dnl at the end of configure.
-  if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
-  else
-    acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
-  fi
-  if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
-    acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-  else
-    acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  fi
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])
-
-dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
-dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
-dnl at the end of the configure script.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
-[
-  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
-  acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
-  exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
-  $1
-  exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
-  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
-])

m4/progtest.m4

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-# progtest.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-dnl
-dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
-dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
-dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-dnl functionality.
-dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-dnl Authors:
-dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
-[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  /*)
-  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
-      if [$3]; then
-	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
-	break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-  ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)dnl
-])

m4/stdint_h.m4

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-# stdint_h.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.4)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
-# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
-  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdint.h>],
-    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
-    jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
-    jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
-[Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
-   and declares uintmax_t. ])
-  fi
-])

m4/uintmax_t.m4

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# uintmax_t.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.11)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.13)
-
-# Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
-# if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
-  if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
-    AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-    test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
-      && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
-      || ac_type='unsigned long'
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
-  [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
-   if <inttypes.h> and <stdint.h> don't define.])
-  fi
-])

m4/ulonglong.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# ulonglong.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.0.32, gettext-0.10.40)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
-  [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;],
-    [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
-     return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
-    ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
-    ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
-  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
-      [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.])
-  fi
-])

nano.spec.in

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ fi
 
 %files
 %defattr(-,root,root)
-%doc AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS README THANKS TODO doc/faq.html doc/nanorc.sample
+%doc AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS README THANKS TODO doc/faq.html doc/sample.nanorc
 %{_bindir}/*
 %{_docdir}/nano/*
 %{_mandir}/man*/*

po/.gitignore

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /*.gmo
 
 /Makefile.in.in
+/Makevars.template
 /Rules-quot
 /boldquot.sed
 /en@boldquot.header
@@ -8,4 +9,6 @@
 /insert-header.sin
 /POTFILES
 /quot.sed
+/remove-potcdate.sed
 /remove-potcdate.sin
+/stamp-po

src/Makefile.am

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\"
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\" \
+	-I$(top_builddir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
 
 CLEANFILES = revision.h
 
 if BUILDING_FROM_GIT
-SOMETHING = "REVISION \"$(shell git describe --tags 2>/dev/null)\""
+SOMETHING = "REVISION \"`git describe --tags 2>/dev/null`\""
 else
 SOMETHING = "NOTHING \"from tarball\""
 endif
@@ -11,12 +12,13 @@ endif
 nano.o: revision.h
 winio.o: revision.h
 
-revision.h: update_revision
+# Always run the commands in this rule.  But update the target
+# only when the revision actually changed.
+revision.h: FORCE
 	@[ -f $@ ] || touch $@
 	@echo "#define $(SOMETHING)" | cmp -s $@ - || \
-	echo "#define $(SOMETHING)" > $@
-
-.PHONY: update_revision
+			echo "#define $(SOMETHING)" > $@
+FORCE:
 
 bin_PROGRAMS = 	nano
 nano_SOURCES =	browser.c \
@@ -35,9 +37,10 @@ nano_SOURCES =	browser.c \
 		search.c \
 		text.c \
 		utils.c \
-		winio.c 
+		winio.c
 
-nano_LDADD = @GLIB_LIBS@ @LIBINTL@
+nano_LDADD = @LIBINTL@ $(top_builddir)/lib/libgnu.a \
+		$(LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME) $(LIBTHREAD)
 
 install-exec-hook:
 	cd $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) && rm -f rnano && $(LN_S) nano rnano

src/browser.c

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   browser.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                        *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,  *
- *   2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.          *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2001-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
  *   Copyright (C) 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                           *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
@@ -28,14 +27,14 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
+#ifdef ENABLE_BROWSER
 
 static char **filelist = NULL;
 	/* The list of files to display in the file browser. */
 static size_t filelist_len = 0;
 	/* The number of files in the list. */
 static int width = 0;
-	/* The number of files that we can display per line. */
+	/* The number of files that we can display per screen row. */
 static int longest = 0;
 	/* The number of columns in the longest filename in the list. */
 static size_t selected = 0;
@@ -123,7 +122,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 
 	kbinput = get_kbinput(edit);
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
 	if (kbinput == KEY_MOUSE) {
 	    int mouse_x, mouse_y;
 
@@ -152,7 +151,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 
 	    continue;
 	}
-#endif /* !DISABLE_MOUSE */
+#endif /* ENABLE_MOUSE */
 
 	func = parse_browser_input(&kbinput);
 
@@ -163,7 +162,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	    kbinput = KEY_WINCH;
 #endif
 	} else if (func == do_help_void) {
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
+#ifdef ENABLE_HELP
 	    do_help_void();
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 	    /* The window dimensions might have changed, so act as if. */
@@ -184,20 +183,29 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	} else if (func == do_right) {
 	    if (selected < filelist_len - 1)
 		selected++;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
 	} else if (func == do_prev_word_void) {
 	    selected -= (selected % width);
 	} else if (func == do_next_word_void) {
 	    selected += width - 1 - (selected % width);
 	    if (selected >= filelist_len)
 		selected = filelist_len - 1;
-#endif
 	} else if (func == do_up_void) {
 	    if (selected >= width)
 		selected -= width;
 	} else if (func == do_down_void) {
 	    if (selected + width <= filelist_len - 1)
 		selected += width;
+	} else if (func == do_prev_block) {
+	    selected = ((selected / (editwinrows * width)) *
+				editwinrows * width) + selected % width;
+	} else if (func == do_next_block) {
+	    selected = ((selected / (editwinrows * width)) *
+				editwinrows * width) + selected % width +
+				editwinrows * width - width;
+	    if (selected >= filelist_len)
+		selected = (filelist_len / width) * width + selected % width;
+	    if (selected >= filelist_len)
+		selected -= width;
 	} else if (func == do_page_up) {
 	    if (selected < width)
 		selected = 0;
@@ -219,11 +227,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	    selected = filelist_len - 1;
 	} else if (func == goto_dir_void) {
 	    /* Ask for the directory to go to. */
-	    int i = do_prompt(TRUE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-			FALSE,
-#endif
-			MGOTODIR, NULL,
+	    int i = do_prompt(TRUE, FALSE, MGOTODIR, NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 			NULL,
 #endif
@@ -301,7 +305,7 @@ char *do_browser(char *path)
 	    /* If we are moving up one level, remember where we came from, so
 	     * this directory can be highlighted and easily reentered. */
 	    if (strcmp(tail(filelist[selected]), "..") == 0)
-		present_name = striponedir(filelist[selected]);
+		present_name = strip_last_component(filelist[selected]);
 
 	    /* Try opening and reading the selected directory. */
 	    path = mallocstrcpy(path, filelist[selected]);
@@ -348,8 +352,6 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
     char *path;
 	/* This holds the tilde-expanded version of inpath. */
 
-    assert(inpath != NULL);
-
     path = real_dir_from_tilde(inpath);
 
     /* Perhaps path is a directory.  If so, we'll pass it to
@@ -359,7 +361,7 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
      * at all.  If so, we'll just pass the current directory to
      * do_browser(). */
     if (stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-	path = free_and_assign(path, striponedir(path));
+	path = free_and_assign(path, strip_last_component(path));
 
 	if (stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
 	    char * currentdir = charalloc(PATH_MAX + 1);
@@ -391,7 +393,7 @@ char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath)
  * set filelist_len to the number of files in that list, set longest to
  * the width in columns of the longest filename in that list (between 15
  * and COLS), and set width to the number of files that we can display
- * per line.  And sort the list too. */
+ * per screen row.  And sort the list too. */
 void read_the_list(const char *path, DIR *dir)
 {
     const struct dirent *nextdir;
@@ -473,6 +475,10 @@ functionptrtype parse_browser_input(int *kbinput)
 		return do_help_void;
 	    case 'E':
 	    case 'e':
+	    case 'Q':
+	    case 'q':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'x':
 		return do_exit;
 	    case 'G':
 	    case 'g':
@@ -482,21 +488,25 @@ functionptrtype parse_browser_input(int *kbinput)
 		return do_enter;
 	    case 'W':
 	    case 'w':
+	    case '/':
 		return do_search;
+	    case 'N':
+	    case 'n':
+		return do_research;
 	}
     }
     return func_from_key(kbinput);
 }
 
-/* Set width to the number of files that we can display per line, if
- * necessary, and display the list of files. */
+/* Set width to the number of files that we can display per screen row,
+ * if necessary, and display the list of files. */
 void browser_refresh(void)
 {
     size_t i;
-    int line = 0, col = 0;
-	/* The current line and column while the list is getting displayed. */
-    int the_line = 0, the_column = 0;
-	/* The line and column of the selected item. */
+    int row = 0, col = 0;
+	/* The current row and column while the list is getting displayed. */
+    int the_row = 0, the_column = 0;
+	/* The row and column of the selected item. */
     char *info;
 	/* The additional information that we'll display about a file. */
 
@@ -507,7 +517,7 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 
     i = selected - selected % (editwinrows * width);
 
-    for (; i < filelist_len && line < editwinrows; i++) {
+    for (; i < filelist_len && row < editwinrows; i++) {
 	struct stat st;
 	const char *thename = tail(filelist[i]);
 		/* The filename we display, minus the path. */
@@ -530,16 +540,16 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	 * remember its location to be able to place the cursor on it. */
 	if (i == selected) {
 	    wattron(edit, hilite_attribute);
-	    the_line = line;
+	    the_row = row;
 	    the_column = col;
 	}
 
-	blank_line(edit, line, col, longest);
+	blank_row(edit, row, col, longest);
 
 	/* If the name is too long, we display something like "...ename". */
 	if (dots)
-	    mvwaddstr(edit, line, col, "...");
-	mvwaddstr(edit, line, dots ? col + 3 : col, disp);
+	    mvwaddstr(edit, row, col, "...");
+	mvwaddstr(edit, row, dots ? col + 3 : col, disp);
 
 	free(disp);
 
@@ -593,11 +603,11 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	/* Make sure info takes up no more than infomaxlen columns. */
 	infolen = strlenpt(info);
 	if (infolen > infomaxlen) {
-	    null_at(&info, actual_x(info, infomaxlen));
+	    info[actual_x(info, infomaxlen)] = '\0';
 	    infolen = infomaxlen;
 	}
 
-	mvwaddstr(edit, line, col - infolen, info);
+	mvwaddstr(edit, row, col - infolen, info);
 
 	/* If this is the selected item, finish its highlighting. */
 	if (i == selected)
@@ -608,17 +618,17 @@ void browser_refresh(void)
 	/* Add some space between the columns. */
 	col += 2;
 
-	/* If the next entry isn't going to fit on the current line,
-	 * move to the next line. */
+	/* If the next entry isn't going to fit on the current row,
+	 * move to the next row. */
 	if (col > COLS - longest) {
-	    line++;
+	    row++;
 	    col = 0;
 	}
     }
 
     /* If requested, put the cursor on the selected item and switch it on. */
     if (ISSET(SHOW_CURSOR)) {
-	wmove(edit, the_line, the_column);
+	wmove(edit, the_row, the_column);
 	curs_set(1);
     }
 
@@ -670,11 +680,7 @@ int filesearch_init(void)
 	buf = mallocstrcpy(NULL, "");
 
     /* This is now one simple call.  It just does a lot. */
-    input = do_prompt(FALSE,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-		TRUE,
-#endif
-		MWHEREISFILE, NULL,
+    input = do_prompt(FALSE, FALSE, MWHEREISFILE, NULL,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 		&search_history,
 #endif
@@ -791,23 +797,17 @@ void do_last_file(void)
     selected = filelist_len - 1;
 }
 
-/* Strip one directory from the end of path, and return the stripped
- * path.  The returned string is dynamically allocated, and should be
- * freed. */
-char *striponedir(const char *path)
+/* Strip one element from the end of path, and return the stripped path.
+ * The returned string is dynamically allocated, and should be freed. */
+char *strip_last_component(const char *path)
 {
-    char *retval, *tmp;
+    char *copy = mallocstrcpy(NULL, path);
+    char *last_slash = strrchr(copy, '/');
 
-    assert(path != NULL);
+    if (last_slash != NULL)
+	*last_slash = '\0';
 
-    retval = mallocstrcpy(NULL, path);
-
-    tmp = strrchr(retval, '/');
-
-    if (tmp != NULL)
-	null_at(&retval, tmp - retval);
-
-    return retval;
+    return copy;
 }
 
-#endif /* !DISABLE_BROWSER */
+#endif /* ENABLE_BROWSER */

src/chars.c

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   chars.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                          *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,  *
- *   2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2001-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
  *   Copyright (C) 2016 Benno Schulenberg                                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
@@ -26,12 +25,8 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
 #include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
 #include <wctype.h>
-#endif
 
 static bool use_utf8 = FALSE;
 	/* Whether we've enabled UTF-8 support. */
@@ -61,22 +56,6 @@ char *addstrings(char* str1, size_t len1, char* str2, size_t len2)
     return str1;
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-/* This function is equivalent to isblank(). */
-bool nisblank(int c)
-{
-    return isspace(c) && (c == '\t' || !is_cntrl_char(c));
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(HAVE_ISWBLANK) && defined(ENABLE_UTF8)
-/* This function is equivalent to iswblank(). */
-bool niswblank(wchar_t wc)
-{
-    return iswspace(wc) && (wc == '\t' || !is_cntrl_wchar(wc));
-}
-#endif
-
 /* Return TRUE if the value of c is in byte range, and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool is_byte(int c)
 {
@@ -91,13 +70,11 @@ void mbtowc_reset(void)
 /* This function is equivalent to isalpha() for multibyte characters. */
 bool is_alpha_mbchar(const char *c)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc;
 
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
 	    return 0;
 	}
@@ -111,13 +88,11 @@ bool is_alpha_mbchar(const char *c)
 /* This function is equivalent to isalnum() for multibyte characters. */
 bool is_alnum_mbchar(const char *c)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc;
 
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
 	    return 0;
 	}
@@ -131,13 +106,11 @@ bool is_alnum_mbchar(const char *c)
 /* This function is equivalent to isblank() for multibyte characters. */
 bool is_blank_mbchar(const char *c)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc;
 
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
 	    return 0;
 	}
@@ -179,13 +152,11 @@ bool is_cntrl_mbchar(const char *c)
 /* This function is equivalent to ispunct() for multibyte characters. */
 bool is_punct_mbchar(const char *c)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc;
 
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
 	    return 0;
 	}
@@ -208,7 +179,7 @@ bool is_word_mbchar(const char *c, bool allow_punct)
 	return TRUE;
 
     if (word_chars != NULL && *word_chars != '\0') {
-	char symbol[mb_cur_max() + 1];
+	char symbol[MAXCHARLEN + 1];
 	int symlen = parse_mbchar(c, symbol, NULL);
 
 	symbol[symlen] = '\0';
@@ -255,12 +226,10 @@ char control_mbrep(const char *c, bool isdata)
  * return the number of columns that the character occupies. */
 int length_of_char(const char *c, int *width)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc;
-	int charlen = mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX);
+	int charlen = mbtowc(&wc, c, MAXCHARLEN);
 
 	/* If the sequence is invalid... */
 	if (charlen < 0) {
@@ -286,14 +255,12 @@ int length_of_char(const char *c, int *width)
 /* This function is equivalent to wcwidth() for multibyte characters. */
 int mbwidth(const char *c)
 {
-    assert(c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	wchar_t wc;
 	int width;
 
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
 	    return 1;
 	}
@@ -309,17 +276,6 @@ int mbwidth(const char *c)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-/* Return the maximum length (in bytes) of a character. */
-int mb_cur_max(void)
-{
-#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-    if (use_utf8)
-	return MB_CUR_MAX;
-    else
-#endif
-	return 1;
-}
-
 /* Convert the Unicode value in chr to a multibyte character, if possible.
  * If the conversion succeeds, return the (dynamically allocated) multibyte
  * character and its length.  Otherwise, return an undefined (dynamically
@@ -330,7 +286,7 @@ char *make_mbchar(long chr, int *chr_mb_len)
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	chr_mb = charalloc(MB_CUR_MAX);
+	chr_mb = charalloc(MAXCHARLEN);
 	*chr_mb_len = wctomb(chr_mb, (wchar_t)chr);
 
 	/* Reject invalid Unicode characters. */
@@ -353,14 +309,10 @@ char *make_mbchar(long chr, int *chr_mb_len)
  * col isn't NULL, add the character's width (in columns) to it. */
 int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col)
 {
-    int length;
-
-    assert(buf != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	/* Get the number of bytes in the multibyte character. */
-	length = mblen(buf, MB_CUR_MAX);
+	int length = mblen(buf, MAXCHARLEN);
 
 	/* When the multibyte sequence is invalid, only take the first byte. */
 	if (length <= 0) {
@@ -390,12 +342,11 @@ int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col)
 	    } else
 		*col += mbwidth(buf);
 	}
+
+	return length;
     } else
 #endif
     {
-	/* A byte character is one byte long. */
-	length = 1;
-
 	/* When requested, store the byte character in chr. */
 	if (chr != NULL)
 	    *chr = *buf;
@@ -414,33 +365,48 @@ int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col)
 	    else
 		(*col)++;
 	}
-    }
 
-    return length;
+	return 1;
+    }
 }
 
 /* Return the index in buf of the beginning of the multibyte character
  * before the one at pos. */
 size_t move_mbleft(const char *buf, size_t pos)
 {
-    size_t before, char_len = 0;
+#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
+    if (use_utf8) {
+	size_t before, char_len = 0;
 
-    assert(buf != NULL && pos <= strlen(buf));
+	if (pos < 4)
+	    before = 0;
+	else {
+	    const char *ptr = buf + pos;
 
-    /* There is no library function to move backward one multibyte
-     * character.  So we just start groping for one at the farthest
-     * possible point. */
-    if (mb_cur_max() > pos)
-	before = 0;
-    else
-	before = pos - mb_cur_max();
+	    /* Probe for a valid starter byte in the preceding four bytes. */
+	    if ((signed char)*(--ptr) > -65)
+		before = pos - 1;
+	    else if ((signed char)*(--ptr) > -65)
+		before = pos - 2;
+	    else if ((signed char)*(--ptr) > -65)
+		before = pos - 3;
+	    else if ((signed char)*(--ptr) > -65)
+		before = pos - 4;
+	    else
+		before = pos - 1;
+	}
 
-    while (before < pos) {
-	char_len = parse_mbchar(buf + before, NULL, NULL);
-	before += char_len;
-    }
+	/* Move forward again until we reach the original character,
+	 * so we know the length of its preceding the character. */
+	while (before < pos) {
+	    char_len = parse_mbchar(buf + before, NULL, NULL);
+	    before += char_len;
+	}
 
-    return before - char_len;
+	return before - char_len;
+    } else
+#endif
+    return (pos == 0 ? 0 : pos - 1);
 }
 
 /* Return the index in buf of the beginning of the multibyte character
@@ -450,36 +416,12 @@ size_t move_mbright(const char *buf, size_t pos)
     return pos + parse_mbchar(buf + pos, NULL, NULL);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-/* This function is equivalent to strcasecmp(). */
-int nstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
-{
-    return strncasecmp(s1, s2, HIGHEST_POSITIVE);
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasecmp() for multibyte strings. */
 int mbstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
 {
     return mbstrncasecmp(s1, s2, HIGHEST_POSITIVE);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-/* This function is equivalent to strncasecmp(). */
-int nstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
-{
-    if (s1 == s2)
-	return 0;
-
-    for (; *s1 != '\0' && *s2 != '\0' && n > 0; s1++, s2++, n--) {
-	if (tolower(*s1) != tolower(*s2))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    return (n > 0) ? tolower(*s1) - tolower(*s2) : 0;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strncasecmp() for multibyte strings. */
 int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
 {
@@ -490,12 +432,12 @@ int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
 	while (*s1 != '\0' && *s2 != '\0' && n > 0) {
 	    bool bad1 = FALSE, bad2 = FALSE;
 
-	    if (mbtowc(&wc1, s1, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	    if (mbtowc(&wc1, s1, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 		mbtowc_reset();
 		bad1 = TRUE;
 	    }
 
-	    if (mbtowc(&wc2, s2, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	    if (mbtowc(&wc2, s2, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 		mbtowc_reset();
 		bad2 = TRUE;
 	    }
@@ -524,39 +466,12 @@ int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
 	return strncasecmp(s1, s2, n);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-/* This function is equivalent to strcasestr(). */
-char *nstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
-{
-    size_t needle_len;
-
-    if (*needle == '\0')
-	return (char *)haystack;
-
-    needle_len = strlen(needle);
-
-    while (*haystack != '\0') {
-	if (strncasecmp(haystack, needle, needle_len) == 0)
-	    return (char *)haystack;
-
-	haystack++;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasestr() for multibyte strings. */
 char *mbstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
 {
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	size_t needle_len;
-
-	if (*needle == '\0')
-	    return (char *)haystack;
-
-	needle_len = mbstrlen(needle);
+	size_t needle_len = mbstrlen(needle);
 
 	while (*haystack != '\0') {
 	    if (mbstrncasecmp(haystack, needle, needle_len) == 0)
@@ -572,19 +487,13 @@ char *mbstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
 }
 
 /* This function is equivalent to strstr(), except in that it scans the
- * string in reverse, starting at rev_start. */
+ * string in reverse, starting at pointer. */
 char *revstrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
 	const char *pointer)
 {
     size_t needle_len = strlen(needle);
     size_t tail_len = strlen(pointer);
 
-    if (needle_len == 0)
-	return (char *)pointer;
-
-    if (strlen(haystack) < needle_len)
-	return NULL;
-
     if (tail_len < needle_len)
 	pointer += tail_len - needle_len;
 
@@ -598,65 +507,53 @@ char *revstrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
 }
 
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasestr(), except in that it scans
- * the string in reverse, starting at rev_start. */
-char *revstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const char
-	*rev_start)
+ * the string in reverse, starting at pointer. */
+char *revstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
+	const char *pointer)
 {
-    size_t rev_start_len, needle_len;
+    size_t needle_len = strlen(needle);
+    size_t tail_len = strlen(pointer);
 
-    if (*needle == '\0')
-	return (char *)rev_start;
+    if (tail_len < needle_len)
+	pointer += tail_len - needle_len;
 
-    needle_len = strlen(needle);
-
-    if (strlen(haystack) < needle_len)
-	return NULL;
-
-    rev_start_len = strlen(rev_start);
-
-    for (; rev_start >= haystack; rev_start--, rev_start_len++) {
-	if (rev_start_len >= needle_len && strncasecmp(rev_start,
-		needle, needle_len) == 0)
-	    return (char *)rev_start;
+    while (pointer >= haystack) {
+	if (strncasecmp(pointer, needle, needle_len) == 0)
+	    return (char *)pointer;
+	pointer--;
     }
 
     return NULL;
 }
 
 /* This function is equivalent to strcasestr() for multibyte strings,
- * except in that it scans the string in reverse, starting at rev_start. */
-char *mbrevstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const
-	char *rev_start)
+ * except in that it scans the string in reverse, starting at pointer. */
+char *mbrevstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
+	const char *pointer)
 {
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	size_t rev_start_len, needle_len;
+	size_t needle_len = mbstrlen(needle);
+	size_t tail_len = mbstrlen(pointer);
 
-	if (*needle == '\0')
-	    return (char *)rev_start;
+	if (tail_len < needle_len)
+	    pointer += tail_len - needle_len;
 
-	needle_len = mbstrlen(needle);
-
-	if (mbstrlen(haystack) < needle_len)
+	if (pointer < haystack)
 	    return NULL;
 
-	rev_start_len = mbstrlen(rev_start);
-
 	while (TRUE) {
-	    if (rev_start_len >= needle_len &&
-			mbstrncasecmp(rev_start, needle, needle_len) == 0)
-		return (char *)rev_start;
+	    if (mbstrncasecmp(pointer, needle, needle_len) == 0)
+		return (char *)pointer;
 
-	    /* If we've reached the head of the haystack, we found nothing. */
-	    if (rev_start == haystack)
+	    if (pointer == haystack)
 		return NULL;
 
-	    rev_start = haystack + move_mbleft(haystack, rev_start - haystack);
-	    rev_start_len++;
+	    pointer = haystack + move_mbleft(haystack, pointer - haystack);
 	}
     } else
 #endif
-	return revstrcasestr(haystack, needle, rev_start);
+	return revstrcasestr(haystack, needle, pointer);
 }
 
 /* This function is equivalent to strlen() for multibyte strings. */
@@ -665,19 +562,6 @@ size_t mbstrlen(const char *s)
     return mbstrnlen(s, (size_t)-1);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-/* This function is equivalent to strnlen(). */
-size_t nstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen)
-{
-    size_t n = 0;
-
-    for (; *s != '\0' && maxlen > 0; s++, maxlen--, n++)
-	;
-
-    return n;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* This function is equivalent to strnlen() for multibyte strings. */
 size_t mbstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen)
 {
@@ -699,16 +583,14 @@ size_t mbstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen)
 /* This function is equivalent to strchr() for multibyte strings. */
 char *mbstrchr(const char *s, const char *c)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL && c != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
 	bool bad_s_mb = FALSE, bad_c_mb = FALSE;
-	char symbol[MB_CUR_MAX];
+	char symbol[MAXCHARLEN];
 	const char *q = s;
 	wchar_t ws, wc;
 
-	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MB_CUR_MAX) < 0) {
+	if (mbtowc(&wc, c, MAXCHARLEN) < 0) {
 	    mbtowc_reset();
 	    wc = (unsigned char)*c;
 	    bad_c_mb = TRUE;
@@ -757,65 +639,60 @@ char *mbstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
 	return (char *) strpbrk(s, accept);
 }
 
-/* This function is equivalent to strpbrk(), except in that it scans the
- * string in reverse, starting at rev_start. */
-char *revstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
-	*rev_start)
+/* Locate, in the string that starts at head, the first occurrence of any of
+ * the characters in the string accept, starting from pointer and searching
+ * backwards. */
+char *revstrpbrk(const char *head, const char *accept, const char *pointer)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL && accept != NULL && rev_start != NULL);
-
-    if (*rev_start == '\0') {
-	if (rev_start == s)
+    if (*pointer == '\0') {
+	if (pointer == head)
 	   return NULL;
-	rev_start--;
+	pointer--;
     }
 
-    for (; rev_start >= s; rev_start--) {
-	if (strchr(accept, *rev_start) != NULL)
-	    return (char *)rev_start;
+    while (pointer >= head) {
+	if (strchr(accept, *pointer) != NULL)
+	    return (char *)pointer;
+	pointer--;
     }
 
     return NULL;
 }
 
-/* This function is equivalent to strpbrk() for multibyte strings,
- * except in that it scans the string in reverse, starting at rev_start. */
-char *mbrevstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
-	*rev_start)
+/* The same as the preceding function but then for multibyte strings. */
+char *mbrevstrpbrk(const char *head, const char *accept, const char *pointer)
 {
-    assert(s != NULL && accept != NULL && rev_start != NULL);
-
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	if (*rev_start == '\0') {
-	    if (rev_start == s)
+	if (*pointer == '\0') {
+	    if (pointer == head)
 		return NULL;
-	    rev_start = s + move_mbleft(s, rev_start - s);
+	    pointer = head + move_mbleft(head, pointer - head);
 	}
 
 	while (TRUE) {
-	    if (mbstrchr(accept, rev_start) != NULL)
-		return (char *)rev_start;
+	    if (mbstrchr(accept, pointer) != NULL)
+		return (char *)pointer;
 
 	    /* If we've reached the head of the string, we found nothing. */
-	    if (rev_start == s)
+	    if (pointer == head)
 		return NULL;
 
-	    rev_start = s + move_mbleft(s, rev_start - s);
+	    pointer = head + move_mbleft(head, pointer - head);
 	}
     } else
 #endif
-	return revstrpbrk(s, accept, rev_start);
+	return revstrpbrk(head, accept, pointer);
 }
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
 
-#if !defined(DISABLE_NANORC) && (!defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY))
+#if defined(ENABLE_NANORC) && (!defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY))
 /* Return TRUE if the string s contains one or more blank characters,
  * and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool has_blank_chars(const char *s)
 {
     for (; *s != '\0'; s++) {
-	if (isblank(*s))
+	if (isblank((unsigned char)*s))
 	    return TRUE;
     }
 
@@ -828,7 +705,7 @@ bool has_blank_mbchars(const char *s)
 {
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
     if (use_utf8) {
-	char symbol[MB_CUR_MAX];
+	char symbol[MAXCHARLEN];
 
 	for (; *s != '\0'; s += move_mbright(s, 0)) {
 	    parse_mbchar(s, symbol, NULL);
@@ -842,7 +719,7 @@ bool has_blank_mbchars(const char *s)
 #endif
 	return has_blank_chars(s);
 }
-#endif /* !DISABLE_NANORC && (!NANO_TINY || !DISABLE_JUSTIFY) */
+#endif /* ENABLE_NANORC && (!NANO_TINY || !DISABLE_JUSTIFY) */
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
 /* Return TRUE if wc is valid Unicode, and FALSE otherwise. */
@@ -855,7 +732,7 @@ bool is_valid_unicode(wchar_t wc)
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_NANORC
+#ifdef ENABLE_NANORC
 /* Check if the string s is a valid multibyte string.  Return TRUE if it
  * is, and FALSE otherwise. */
 bool is_valid_mbstring(const char *s)
@@ -867,4 +744,4 @@ bool is_valid_mbstring(const char *s)
 #endif
 	return TRUE;
 }
-#endif /* !DISABLE_NANORC */
+#endif /* ENABLE_NANORC */

src/color.c

@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   color.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                          *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,  *
- *   2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.          *
- *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2001-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 Benno Schulenberg               *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
@@ -25,7 +24,6 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <errno.h>
-#include <time.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_MAGIC_H
@@ -55,8 +53,9 @@ void set_colorpairs(void)
     for (i = 0; i < NUMBER_OF_ELEMENTS; i++) {
 	bool bright = FALSE;
 
-	if (parse_color_names(specified_color_combo[i],
-			&foreground, &background, &bright)) {
+	if (specified_color_combo[i] != NULL &&
+			parse_color_names(specified_color_combo[i],
+				&foreground, &background, &bright)) {
 	    if (foreground == -1 && !using_defaults)
 		foreground = COLOR_WHITE;
 	    if (background == -1 && !using_defaults)
@@ -64,8 +63,7 @@ void set_colorpairs(void)
 	    init_pair(i + 1, foreground, background);
 	    interface_color_pair[i] =
 			COLOR_PAIR(i + 1) | (bright ? A_BOLD : A_NORMAL);
-	}
-	else {
+	} else {
 	    if (i != FUNCTION_TAG)
 		interface_color_pair[i] = hilite_attribute;
 	    else
@@ -108,8 +106,6 @@ void color_init(void)
     bool using_defaults = FALSE;
     short foreground, background;
 
-    assert(openfile != NULL);
-
     /* If the terminal is not capable of colors, forget it. */
     if (!has_colors())
 	return;
@@ -135,6 +131,8 @@ void color_init(void)
 	fprintf(stderr, "init_pair(): fg = %hd, bg = %hd\n", foreground, background);
 #endif
     }
+
+    have_palette = TRUE;
 }
 
 /* Try to match the given shibboleth string with one of the regexes in
@@ -164,8 +162,6 @@ void color_update(void)
     syntaxtype *sint = NULL;
     colortype *ink;
 
-    assert(openfile != NULL);
-
     /* If the rcfiles were not read, or contained no syntaxes, get out. */
     if (syntaxes == NULL)
 	return;
@@ -294,53 +290,12 @@ void color_update(void)
     }
 }
 
-/* Reset the multiline coloring cache for one specific regex (given by
- * index) for lines that need reevaluation. */
-void reset_multis_for_id(filestruct *fileptr, int index)
-{
-    filestruct *row;
-
-    /* Reset the cache of earlier lines, as far back as needed. */
-    for (row = fileptr->prev; row != NULL; row = row->prev) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] == CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-    for (; row != NULL; row = row->prev) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] != CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the cache of the current line. */
-    fileptr->multidata[index] = -1;
-
-    /* Reset the cache of later lines, as far ahead as needed. */
-    for (row = fileptr->next; row != NULL; row = row->next) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] == CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-    for (; row != NULL; row = row->next) {
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(row);
-	if (row->multidata[index] != CNONE)
-	    break;
-	row->multidata[index] = -1;
-    }
-
-    refresh_needed = TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Reset multi-line strings around the filestruct fileptr, trying to be
- * smart about stopping.  Bool force means: reset everything regardless,
- * useful when we don't know how much screen state has changed. */
-void reset_multis(filestruct *fileptr, bool force)
+/* Determine whether the matches of multiline regexes are still the same,
+ * and if not, schedule a screen refresh, so things will be repainted. */
+void check_the_multis(filestruct *line)
 {
     const colortype *ink;
-    int nobegin = 0, noend = 0;
+    bool astart, anend;
     regmatch_t startmatch, endmatch;
 
     /* If there is no syntax or no multiline regex, there is nothing to do. */
@@ -348,38 +303,34 @@ void reset_multis(filestruct *fileptr, bool force)
 	return;
 
     for (ink = openfile->colorstrings; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
-	/* If it's not a multi-line regex, amscray. */
+	/* If it's not a multiline regex, skip. */
 	if (ink->end == NULL)
 	    continue;
 
-	alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
+	alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
 
-	if (force == FALSE) {
-	    /* Check whether the multidata still matches the current situation. */
-	    nobegin = regexec(ink->start, fileptr->data, 1, &startmatch, 0);
-	    noend = regexec(ink->end, fileptr->data, 1, &endmatch, 0);
-	    if ((fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CWHOLELINE ||
-			fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CNONE) &&
-			nobegin && noend)
+	astart = (regexec(ink->start, line->data, 1, &startmatch, 0) == 0);
+	anend = (regexec(ink->end, line->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0);
+
+	/* Check whether the multidata still matches the current situation. */
+	if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CNONE ||
+			line->multidata[ink->id] == CWHOLELINE) {
+	    if (!astart && !anend)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CSTARTENDHERE &&
-			!nobegin && !noend && startmatch.rm_so < endmatch.rm_so)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CSTARTENDHERE) {
+	    if (astart && anend && startmatch.rm_so < endmatch.rm_so)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CBEGINBEFORE &&
-			nobegin && !noend)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CBEGINBEFORE) {
+	    if (!astart && anend)
 		continue;
-	    else if (fileptr->multidata[ink->id] == CENDAFTER &&
-			!nobegin && noend)
+	} else if (line->multidata[ink->id] == CENDAFTER) {
+	    if (astart && !anend)
 		continue;
 	}
 
-	/* If we got here, things have changed. */
-	reset_multis_for_id(fileptr, ink->id);
-
-	/* If start and end are the same, push the resets further. */
-	if (force == FALSE && !nobegin && !noend &&
-				startmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_so)
-	    reset_multis_for_id(fileptr, ink->id);
+	/* There is a mismatch, so something changed: repaint. */
+	refresh_needed = TRUE;
+	return;
     }
 }
 
@@ -402,103 +353,85 @@ void precalc_multicolorinfo(void)
 {
     const colortype *ink;
     regmatch_t startmatch, endmatch;
-    filestruct *fileptr, *endptr;
+    filestruct *line, *tailline;
 
     if (openfile->colorstrings == NULL || ISSET(NO_COLOR_SYNTAX))
 	return;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
-    fprintf(stderr, "Entering precalculation of multiline color info\n");
+    fprintf(stderr, "Precalculating the multiline color info...\n");
 #endif
 
     for (ink = openfile->colorstrings; ink != NULL; ink = ink->next) {
 	/* If this is not a multi-line regex, skip it. */
 	if (ink->end == NULL)
 	    continue;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "Starting work on color id %d\n", ink->id);
-#endif
 
-	for (fileptr = openfile->fileage; fileptr != NULL; fileptr = fileptr->next) {
-	    int startx = 0, nostart = 0;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	    fprintf(stderr, "working on lineno %ld... ", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-	    alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
+	for (line = openfile->fileage; line != NULL; line = line->next) {
+	    int index = 0;
 
-	    while ((nostart = regexec(ink->start, &fileptr->data[startx], 1,
-			&startmatch, (startx == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL)) == 0) {
-		/* Look for an end, and start marking how many lines are
-		 * encompassed, which should speed up rendering later. */
-		startx += startmatch.rm_eo;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "start found at pos %lu... ", (unsigned long)startx);
-#endif
-		/* Look first on this line for an end. */
-		if (regexec(ink->end, &fileptr->data[startx], 1,
-			&endmatch, (startx == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
-		    startx += endmatch.rm_eo;
-		    /* Step ahead when both start and end are mere anchors. */
+	    alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
+	    /* Assume nothing applies until proven otherwise below. */
+	    line->multidata[ink->id] = CNONE;
+
+	    /* For an unpaired start match, mark all remaining lines. */
+	    if (line->prev && line->prev->multidata[ink->id] == CWOULDBE) {
+		line->multidata[ink->id] = CWOULDBE;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /* When the line contains a start match, look for an end, and if
+	     * found, mark all the lines that are affected. */
+	    while (regexec(ink->start, line->data + index, 1,
+			&startmatch, (index == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
+		/* Begin looking for an end match after the start match. */
+		index += startmatch.rm_eo;
+
+		/* If there is an end match on this line, mark the line, but
+		 * continue looking for other starts after it. */
+		if (regexec(ink->end, line->data + index, 1,
+			&endmatch, (index == 0) ? 0 : REG_NOTBOL) == 0) {
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CSTARTENDHERE;
+		    index += endmatch.rm_eo;
+		    /* If both start and end are mere anchors, step ahead. */
 		    if (startmatch.rm_so == startmatch.rm_eo &&
-				endmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_eo)
-			startx += 1;
-		    fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CSTARTENDHERE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "end found on this line\n");
-#endif
+				endmatch.rm_so == endmatch.rm_eo) {
+			/* When at end-of-line, we're done. */
+			if (line->data[index] == '\0')
+			    break;
+			index = move_mbright(line->data, index);
+		    }
 		    continue;
 		}
 
-		/* Nice, we didn't find the end regex on this line.  Let's start looking for it. */
-		for (endptr = fileptr->next; endptr != NULL; endptr = endptr->next) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "\nadvancing to line %ld to find end... ", (long)endptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		    if (regexec(ink->end, endptr->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0)
+		/* Look for an end match on later lines. */
+		tailline = line->next;
+
+		while (tailline != NULL) {
+		    if (regexec(ink->end, tailline->data, 1, &endmatch, 0) == 0)
 			break;
+		    tailline = tailline->next;
 		}
 
-		if (endptr == NULL) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "no end found, breaking out\n");
-#endif
+		if (tailline == NULL) {
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CWOULDBE;
 		    break;
 		}
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "end found\n");
-#endif
+
 		/* We found it, we found it, la la la la la.  Mark all
 		 * the lines in between and the end properly. */
-		fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CENDAFTER;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "marking line %ld as CENDAFTER\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		for (fileptr = fileptr->next; fileptr != endptr; fileptr = fileptr->next) {
-		    alloc_multidata_if_needed(fileptr);
-		    fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CWHOLELINE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		    fprintf(stderr, "marking intermediary line %ld as CWHOLELINE\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
+		line->multidata[ink->id] = CENDAFTER;
+
+		for (line = line->next; line != tailline; line = line->next) {
+		    alloc_multidata_if_needed(line);
+		    line->multidata[ink->id] = CWHOLELINE;
 		}
 
-		alloc_multidata_if_needed(endptr);
-		fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CBEGINBEFORE;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "marking line %ld as CBEGINBEFORE\n", (long)fileptr->lineno);
-#endif
-		/* Skip to the end point of the match. */
-		startx = endmatch.rm_eo;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "jumping to line %ld pos %lu to continue\n", (long)fileptr->lineno, (unsigned long)startx);
-#endif
-	    }
+		alloc_multidata_if_needed(tailline);
+		tailline->multidata[ink->id] = CBEGINBEFORE;
 
-	    if (nostart && startx == 0) {
-#ifdef DEBUG
-		fprintf(stderr, "no match\n");
-#endif
-		fileptr->multidata[ink->id] = CNONE;
-		continue;
+		/* Begin looking for a new start after the end match. */
+		index = endmatch.rm_eo;
 	    }
 	}
     }

src/cut.c

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   cut.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                            *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
- *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
+ *   Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
  *   Copyright (C) 2014 Mark Majeres                                      *
  *   Copyright (C) 2016 Benno Schulenberg                                 *
  *                                                                        *
@@ -49,10 +48,10 @@ inline bool keeping_cutbuffer(void)
 void cut_line(void)
 {
     if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot)
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
 		openfile->current->next, 0);
     else
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current, 0,
 		openfile->current, strlen(openfile->current->data));
     openfile->placewewant = 0;
 }
@@ -60,15 +59,15 @@ void cut_line(void)
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 /* Move all currently marked text into the cutbuffer, and set the
  * current place we want to where the text used to start. */
-void cut_marked(void)
+void cut_marked(bool *right_side_up)
 {
     filestruct *top, *bot;
     size_t top_x, bot_x;
 
     mark_order((const filestruct **)&top, &top_x,
-		(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, NULL);
+		(const filestruct **)&bot, &bot_x, right_side_up);
 
-    move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
+    extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, top, top_x, bot, bot_x);
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 }
 
@@ -82,20 +81,18 @@ void cut_to_eol(void)
 {
     size_t data_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
 
-    assert(openfile->current_x <= data_len);
-
     if (openfile->current_x < data_len)
 	/* If we're not at the end of the line, move all the text from
 	 * the current position up to it, not counting the newline at
 	 * the end, into the cutbuffer. */
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
 		openfile->current_x, openfile->current, data_len);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
 	/* If we're at the end of the line, and it isn't the last line
 	 * of the file, move all the text from the current position up
 	 * to the beginning of the next line, i.e. the newline at the
 	 * end, into the cutbuffer. */
-	move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
+	extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom, openfile->current,
 		openfile->current_x, openfile->current->next, 0);
 	openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
     }
@@ -105,14 +102,14 @@ void cut_to_eol(void)
  * file into the cutbuffer. */
 void cut_to_eof(void)
 {
-    move_to_filestruct(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom,
+    extract_buffer(&cutbuffer, &cutbottom,
 		openfile->current, openfile->current_x,
 		openfile->filebot, strlen(openfile->filebot->data));
 }
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
 
-/* Move text from the current filestruct into the cutbuffer.  If
- * copy_text is TRUE, copy the text back into the filestruct afterward.
+/* Move text from the current buffer into the cutbuffer.  If
+ * copy_text is TRUE, copy the text back into the buffer afterward.
  * If cut_till_eof is TRUE, move all text from the current cursor
  * position to the end of the file into the cutbuffer. */
 void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof)
@@ -124,47 +121,41 @@ void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof)
 	/* The length of the string at the current end of the cutbuffer,
 	 * before we add text to it. */
     bool old_no_newlines = ISSET(NO_NEWLINES);
+    bool right_side_up = TRUE;
+	/* There *is* no region, *or* it is marked forward. */
 #endif
+    size_t was_totsize = openfile->totsize;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
-    /* Empty the cutbuffer when a chain of cuts is broken. */
+    /* If a chain of cuts was broken, empty the cutbuffer. */
     if (!keep_cutbuffer) {
 	free_filestruct(cutbuffer);
 	cutbuffer = NULL;
 #ifdef DEBUG
 	fprintf(stderr, "Blew away cutbuffer =)\n");
 #endif
+	/* Indicate that future cuts should add to the cutbuffer. */
+	keep_cutbuffer = TRUE;
     }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (copy_text) {
+	/* If the cutbuffer isn't empty, remember where it currently ends. */
 	if (cutbuffer != NULL) {
-	    /* If the cutbuffer isn't empty, save where it currently
-	     * ends.  This is where we'll add the new text. */
 	    cb_save = cutbottom;
 	    cb_save_len = strlen(cutbottom->data);
 	}
-
-	/* Set NO_NEWLINES to TRUE, so that we don't disturb the last
-	 * line of the file when moving text to the cutbuffer. */
+	/* Don't add a magicline when moving text to the cutbuffer. */
 	SET(NO_NEWLINES);
     }
-#endif
 
-    /* Ensure that the text we're going to move into the cutbuffer will
-     * be added to the text already there, instead of replacing it. */
-    keep_cutbuffer = TRUE;
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (cut_till_eof) {
 	/* Move all text up to the end of the file into the cutbuffer. */
 	cut_to_eof();
     } else if (openfile->mark_set) {
 	/* Move the marked text to the cutbuffer, and turn the mark off. */
-	cut_marked();
+	cut_marked(&right_side_up);
 	openfile->mark_set = FALSE;
-    } else if (ISSET(CUT_TO_END))
+    } else if (ISSET(CUT_FROM_CURSOR))
 	/* Move all text up to the end of the line into the cutbuffer. */
 	cut_to_eol();
     else
@@ -174,35 +165,35 @@ void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof)
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (copy_text) {
-	/* Copy the text in the cutbuffer, starting at its saved end if
-	 * there is one, back into the filestruct.  This effectively
-	 * uncuts the text we just cut without marking the file as
-	 * modified. */
+	/* Copy the text that is in the cutbuffer (starting at its saved end,
+	 * if there is one) back into the current buffer.  This effectively
+	 * uncuts the text we just cut. */
 	if (cutbuffer != NULL) {
 	    if (cb_save != NULL) {
 		cb_save->data += cb_save_len;
-		copy_from_filestruct(cb_save);
+		copy_from_buffer(cb_save);
 		cb_save->data -= cb_save_len;
 	    } else
-		copy_from_filestruct(cutbuffer);
+		copy_from_buffer(cutbuffer);
 
-	    /* Set the current place we want to where the text from the
-	     * cutbuffer ends. */
-	    openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+	    /* If the copied region was marked forward, put the new desired
+	     * x position at its end; otherwise, leave it at its beginning. */
+	    if (right_side_up)
+		openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 	}
-
-	/* Set NO_NEWLINES back to what it was before, since we're done
-	 * disturbing the text. */
+	/* Restore the magicline behavior now that we're done fiddling. */
 	if (!old_no_newlines)
 	    UNSET(NO_NEWLINES);
     } else
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
+    /* Only set the modification flag if actually something was cut. */
+    if (openfile->totsize != was_totsize)
 	set_modified();
 
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+    check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
@@ -210,7 +201,7 @@ void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof)
 #endif
 }
 
-/* Move text from the current filestruct into the cutbuffer. */
+/* Move text from the current buffer into the cutbuffer. */
 void do_cut_text_void(void)
 {
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -223,16 +214,17 @@ void do_cut_text_void(void)
 }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-/* Move text from the current filestruct into the cutbuffer, and copy it
- * back into the filestruct afterward.  If the mark is set or the cursor
+/* Move text from the current buffer into the cutbuffer, and copy it
+ * back into the buffer afterward.  If the mark is set or the cursor
  * was moved, blow away previous contents of the cutbuffer. */
 void do_copy_text(void)
 {
     static struct filestruct *next_contiguous_line = NULL;
     bool mark_set = openfile->mark_set;
 
-    /* Remember the current view port and cursor position. */
+    /* Remember the current viewport and cursor position. */
     ssize_t is_edittop_lineno = openfile->edittop->lineno;
+    size_t is_firstcolumn = openfile->firstcolumn;
     ssize_t is_current_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
     size_t is_current_x = openfile->current_x;
 
@@ -245,8 +237,9 @@ void do_copy_text(void)
     next_contiguous_line = (mark_set ? NULL : openfile->current);
 
     if (mark_set) {
-	/* Restore the view port and cursor position. */
+	/* Restore the viewport and cursor position. */
 	openfile->edittop = fsfromline(is_edittop_lineno);
+	openfile->firstcolumn = is_firstcolumn;
 	openfile->current = fsfromline(is_current_lineno);
 	openfile->current_x = is_current_x;
     }
@@ -255,49 +248,56 @@ void do_copy_text(void)
 /* Cut from the current cursor position to the end of the file. */
 void do_cut_till_eof(void)
 {
-    add_undo(CUT_EOF);
+    add_undo(CUT_TO_EOF);
     do_cut_text(FALSE, TRUE);
-    update_undo(CUT_EOF);
+    update_undo(CUT_TO_EOF);
 }
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
 
-/* Copy text from the cutbuffer into the current filestruct. */
+/* Copy text from the cutbuffer into the current buffer. */
 void do_uncut_text(void)
 {
-    int was_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
+    ssize_t was_lineno = openfile->current->lineno;
+	/* The line number where we started the paste. */
+    size_t was_leftedge = 0;
+	/* The leftedge where we started the paste. */
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
-    /* If the cutbuffer is empty, get out. */
+    /* If the cutbuffer is empty, there is nothing to do. */
     if (cutbuffer == NULL)
 	return;
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     add_undo(PASTE);
+
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
+	was_leftedge = leftedge_for(xplustabs(), openfile->current);
 #endif
 
-    /* Add a copy of the text in the cutbuffer to the current filestruct
+    /* Add a copy of the text in the cutbuffer to the current buffer
      * at the current cursor position. */
-    copy_from_filestruct(cutbuffer);
+    copy_from_buffer(cutbuffer);
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     update_undo(PASTE);
 #endif
 
-    if (openfile->current->lineno - was_lineno < editwinrows)
+    /* If we pasted less than a screenful, don't center the cursor. */
+    if (less_than_a_screenful(was_lineno, was_leftedge))
 	focusing = FALSE;
 
-    /* Set the current place we want to where the text from the
-     * cutbuffer ends. */
+    /* Set the desired x position to where the pasted text ends. */
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
     /* Mark the file as modified. */
     set_modified();
 
+    /* Update current_y to account for the inserted lines. */
+    place_the_cursor(TRUE);
+
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
-    reset_multis(openfile->current, FALSE);
+    check_the_multis(openfile->current);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DEBUG

src/help.c

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   help.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                           *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,  *
- *   2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.          *
- *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2000-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2017 Rishabh Dave                                      *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2014-2017 Benno Schulenberg                            *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
@@ -25,165 +25,265 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
+#ifdef ENABLE_HELP
 
 static char *help_text = NULL;
 	/* The text displayed in the help window. */
 
+static const char *start_of_body = NULL;
+	/* The point in the help text just after the title. */
+
 static char *end_of_intro = NULL;
-	/* The point in the help text where the introductory paragraphs end
-	 * and the shortcut descriptions begin. */
+	/* The point in the help text where the shortcut descriptions begin. */
+
+static size_t location;
+	/* The offset (in bytes) of the topleft of the shown help text. */
+
+char *tempfilename = NULL;
+	/* Name of the temporary file used for wrapping the help text. */
+
+/* Hard-wrap the help text, write it to the existing temporary file, and
+ * read that file into a new buffer. */
+void wrap_the_help_text(bool redisplaying)
+{
+    int sum = 0;
+    const char *ptr = start_of_body;
+    FILE *tempfile = fopen(tempfilename, "w+b");
+
+    /* If re-opening the temporary file failed, give up. */
+    if (tempfile == NULL) {
+	statusline(ALERT, _("Error writing temp file: %s"), strerror(errno));
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Write the body of the help_text into the temporary file. */
+    while (*ptr != '\0') {
+	int length = help_line_len(ptr);
+
+	fwrite(ptr, sizeof(char), length, tempfile);
+	ptr += length;
+
+	/* Hard-wrap the lines in the help text. */
+	if (*ptr != '\n')
+	    fwrite("\n", sizeof(char), 1, tempfile);
+	else while (*ptr == '\n')
+	    fwrite(ptr++, sizeof(char), 1, tempfile);
+    }
+
+    fclose(tempfile);
+
+    if (redisplaying)
+	close_buffer();
+
+    open_buffer(tempfilename, FALSE);
+    remove_magicline();
+
+    prepare_for_display();
+
+    /* Move to the position in the file where we were before. */
+    while (TRUE) {
+	sum += strlen(openfile->current->data);
+	if (sum > location)
+	   break;
+	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
+    }
+
+    openfile->edittop = openfile->current;
+}
 
 /* Our main help-viewer function. */
 void do_help(void)
 {
     int kbinput = ERR;
-    bool old_no_help = ISSET(NO_HELP);
-    size_t line = 0;
-	/* The line number in help_text of the first displayed help
-	 * line.  This variable is zero-based. */
-    size_t last_line = 0;
-	/* The line number in help_text of the last help line.  This
-	 * variable is zero-based. */
-    int oldmenu = currmenu;
-	/* The menu we were called from. */
-    const char *ptr;
-	/* The current line of the help text. */
-    size_t old_line = (size_t)-1;
-	/* The line we were on before the current line. */
     functionptrtype func;
 	/* The function of the key the user typed in. */
+    int oldmenu = currmenu;
+	/* The menu we were called from. */
+#ifdef ENABLE_LINENUMBERS
+    int was_margin = margin;
+#endif
+    ssize_t was_tabsize = tabsize;
+#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
+    char *was_syntax = syntaxstr;
+#endif
+    char *saved_answer = (answer != NULL) ? strdup(answer) : NULL;
+	/* The current answer when the user invokes help at the prompt. */
+    unsigned stash[sizeof(flags) / sizeof(flags[0])];
+	/* A storage place for the current flag settings. */
+    filestruct *line;
+    int length;
+    FILE *fp;
 
-    /* Don't show a cursor in the help screen. */
-    curs_set(0);
-    blank_edit();
     blank_statusbar();
 
-    /* Set help_text as the string to display. */
-    help_init();
+    /* Get a temporary file for the help text.  If it fails, give up. */
+    tempfilename = safe_tempfile(&fp);
+    if (tempfilename == NULL) {
+	statusline(ALERT, _("Error writing temp file: %s"), strerror(errno));
+	free(saved_answer);
+	return;
+    }
 
-    assert(help_text != NULL);
+    fclose(fp);
 
-    if (ISSET(NO_HELP)) {
-	/* Make sure that the help screen's shortcut list will actually
-	 * be displayed. */
+    /* Save the settings of all flags. */
+    memcpy(stash, flags, sizeof(flags));
+
+    /* Ensure that the help screen's shortcut list can be displayed. */
+    if (ISSET(NO_HELP) && LINES > 4) {
 	UNSET(NO_HELP);
 	window_init();
     }
 
+    /* When searching, do it forward, case insensitive, and without regexes. */
+    UNSET(BACKWARDS_SEARCH);
+    UNSET(CASE_SENSITIVE);
+    UNSET(USE_REGEXP);
+
+    UNSET(WHITESPACE_DISPLAY);
+    UNSET(NOREAD_MODE);
+    SET(MULTIBUFFER);
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_LINENUMBERS
+    UNSET(LINE_NUMBERS);
+    margin = 0;
+#endif
+    tabsize = 8;
+#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
+    syntaxstr = "nanohelp";
+#endif
+    curs_set(0);
+
+    /* Compose the help text from all the pieces. */
+    help_init();
+    inhelp = TRUE;
+    location = 0;
+
     bottombars(MHELP);
     wnoutrefresh(bottomwin);
 
+    /* Extract the title from the head of the help text. */
+    length = break_line(help_text, MAX_BUF_SIZE, TRUE);
+    title = charalloc(length * sizeof(char) + 1);
+    strncpy(title, help_text, length);
+    title[length] = '\0';
+
+    titlebar(title);
+
+    /* Skip over the title to point at the start of the body text. */
+    start_of_body = help_text + length;
+    while (*start_of_body == '\n')
+	start_of_body++;
+
+    wrap_the_help_text(FALSE);
+    edit_refresh();
+
     while (TRUE) {
-	size_t i;
-
-	ptr = help_text;
-
-	/* Find the line number of the last line of the help text. */
-	for (last_line = 0; *ptr != '\0'; last_line++) {
-	    ptr += help_line_len(ptr);
-	    if (*ptr == '\n')
-		ptr++;
-	}
-
-	if (last_line > 0)
-	    last_line--;
-
-	/* Redisplay if the text was scrolled or an invalid key was pressed. */
-	if (line != old_line || kbinput == ERR) {
-	    blank_edit();
-
-	    ptr = help_text;
-
-	    /* Advance in the text to the first line to be displayed. */
-	    for (i = 0; i < line; i++) {
-		ptr += help_line_len(ptr);
-		if (*ptr == '\n')
-		    ptr++;
-	    }
-
-	    /* Now display as many lines as the window will hold. */
-	    for (i = 0; i < editwinrows && *ptr != '\0'; i++) {
-		size_t j = help_line_len(ptr);
-
-		mvwaddnstr(edit, i, 0, ptr, j);
-		ptr += j;
-		if (*ptr == '\n')
-		    ptr++;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	wnoutrefresh(edit);
-
-	old_line = line;
-
 	lastmessage = HUSH;
+	focusing = TRUE;
+	didfind = 0;
 
 	kbinput = get_kbinput(edit);
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (kbinput == KEY_WINCH) {
-	    kbinput = ERR;
-	    continue;    /* Redraw the screen. */
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
-	if (kbinput == KEY_MOUSE) {
-	    int mouse_x, mouse_y;
-	    get_mouseinput(&mouse_x, &mouse_y, TRUE);
-	    continue;    /* Redraw the screen. */
-	}
-#endif
-
 	func = parse_help_input(&kbinput);
 
 	if (func == total_refresh) {
 	    total_redraw();
 	} else if (func == do_up_void) {
-	    if (line > 0)
-		line--;
+	    do_up(TRUE);
 	} else if (func == do_down_void) {
-	    if (line + (editwinrows - 1) < last_line)
-		line++;
+	    if (openfile->edittop->lineno + editwinrows - 1 <
+				openfile->filebot->lineno)
+		do_down(TRUE);
 	} else if (func == do_page_up) {
-	    if (line > editwinrows - 2)
-		line -= editwinrows - 2;
-	    else
-		line = 0;
+	    do_page_up();
 	} else if (func == do_page_down) {
-	    if (line + (editwinrows - 1) < last_line)
-		line += editwinrows - 2;
+	    do_page_down();
 	} else if (func == do_first_line) {
-	    line = 0;
+	    do_first_line();
 	} else if (func == do_last_line) {
-	    if (line + (editwinrows - 1) < last_line)
-		line = last_line - (editwinrows - 1);
+	    do_last_line();
+	} else if (func == do_search) {
+	    do_search();
+	    bottombars(MHELP);
+	} else if (func == do_research) {
+	    do_research();
+	    currmenu = MHELP;
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+	} else if (kbinput == KEY_WINCH) {
+	    ; /* Nothing to do. */
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
+	} else if (kbinput == KEY_MOUSE) {
+	    int dummy_x, dummy_y;
+	    get_mouseinput(&dummy_x, &dummy_y, TRUE);
+#endif
 	} else if (func == do_exit) {
 	    /* Exit from the help viewer. */
+	    close_buffer();
 	    break;
 	} else
 	    unbound_key(kbinput);
+
+	/* If we searched and found something, let the cursor show it. */
+	if (didfind == 1)
+	    curs_set(1);
+	else
+	    curs_set(0);
+
+	edit_refresh();
+
+	location = 0;
+	line = openfile->fileage;
+
+	/* Count how far (in bytes) edittop is into the file. */
+	while (line != openfile->edittop) {
+	    location += strlen(line->data);
+	    line = line->next;
+	}
     }
 
-    if (old_no_help) {
+    /* Restore the settings of all flags. */
+    memcpy(flags, stash, sizeof(flags));
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_LINENUMBERS
+    margin = was_margin;
+#endif
+    tabsize = was_tabsize;
+#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
+    syntaxstr = was_syntax;
+#endif
+
+    /* Switch back to the buffer we were invoked from. */
+    switch_to_prev_buffer_void();
+
+    if (ISSET(NO_HELP)) {
 	blank_bottombars();
 	wnoutrefresh(bottomwin);
 	currmenu = oldmenu;
-	SET(NO_HELP);
 	window_init();
     } else
 	bottombars(oldmenu);
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
+    free(title);
+    title = NULL;
+    inhelp = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_BROWSER
     if (oldmenu == MBROWSER || oldmenu == MWHEREISFILE || oldmenu == MGOTODIR)
 	browser_refresh();
     else
 #endif
-	edit_refresh();
+	total_refresh();
+
+    free(answer);
+    answer = saved_answer;
+
+    remove(tempfilename);
+    free(tempfilename);
 
-    /* We're exiting from the help screen. */
     free(help_text);
 }
 
@@ -200,12 +300,6 @@ void help_init(void)
     const subnfunc *f;
     const sc *s;
 
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    bool old_whitespace = ISSET(WHITESPACE_DISPLAY);
-
-    UNSET(WHITESPACE_DISPLAY);
-#endif
-
     /* First, set up the initial help text for the current function. */
     if (currmenu == MWHEREIS || currmenu == MREPLACE || currmenu == MREPLACEWITH) {
 	htx[0] = N_("Search Command Help Text\n\n "
@@ -259,7 +353,7 @@ void help_init(void)
 	htx[1] = NULL;
 	htx[2] = NULL;
     }
-#ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
+#ifdef ENABLE_BROWSER
     else if (currmenu == MBROWSER) {
 	htx[0] = N_("File Browser Help Text\n\n "
 		"The file browser is used to visually browse the "
@@ -297,7 +391,7 @@ void help_init(void)
 	htx[1] = NULL;
 	htx[2] = NULL;
     }
-#endif /* !DISABLE_BROWSER */
+#endif /* ENABLE_BROWSER */
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
     else if (currmenu == MSPELL) {
 	htx[0] = N_("Spell Check Help Text\n\n "
@@ -370,7 +464,7 @@ void help_init(void)
      * plus one or two \n's. */
     for (f = allfuncs; f != NULL; f = f->next)
 	if (f->menus & currmenu)
-	    allocsize += (16 * mb_cur_max()) + strlen(f->help) + 2;
+	    allocsize += (16 * MAXCHARLEN) + strlen(_(f->help)) + 2;
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     /* If we're on the main list, we also count the toggle help text.
@@ -385,7 +479,7 @@ void help_init(void)
     }
 #endif
 
-    /* Allocate space for the help text. */
+    /* Allocate memory for the help text. */
     help_text = charalloc(allocsize + 1);
 
     /* Now add the text we want. */
@@ -418,9 +512,9 @@ void help_init(void)
 		/* Make the first column narrower (6) than the second (10),
 		 * but allow it to spill into the second, for "M-Space". */
 		if (scsfound == 1) {
-		    sprintf(ptr, "%s              ", s->keystr);
+		    sprintf(ptr, "%s               ", s->keystr);
 		    /* Unicode arrows take three bytes instead of one. */
-		    if (s->keystr[1] == '\xE2')
+		    if (s->keystr[0] == '\xE2' || s->keystr[1] == '\xE2')
 			ptr += 8;
 		    else
 			ptr += 6;
@@ -465,13 +559,10 @@ void help_init(void)
 		}
 	}
     }
-
-    if (old_whitespace)
-	SET(WHITESPACE_DISPLAY);
 #endif /* !NANO_TINY */
 
-    /* If all went well, we didn't overwrite the allocated space. */
-    assert(strlen(help_text) <= allocsize + 1);
+    if (strlen(help_text) > allocsize)
+	statusline(ALERT, "Help text spilled over -- please report a bug");
 }
 
 /* Return the function that is bound to the given key, accepting certain
@@ -484,8 +575,19 @@ functionptrtype parse_help_input(int *kbinput)
 		return do_page_down;
 	    case '-':
 		return do_page_up;
+	    case 'W':
+	    case 'w':
+	    case '/':
+		return do_search;
+	    case 'N':
+	    case 'n':
+		return do_research;
 	    case 'E':
 	    case 'e':
+	    case 'Q':
+	    case 'q':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'x':
 		return do_exit;
 	}
     }
@@ -521,17 +623,17 @@ size_t help_line_len(const char *ptr)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-#endif /* !DISABLE_HELP */
+#endif /* ENABLE_HELP */
 
 /* Start the help viewer. */
 void do_help_void(void)
 {
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
+#ifdef ENABLE_HELP
     do_help();
 #else
     if (currmenu == MMAIN)
 	say_there_is_no_help();
     else
 	beep();
-#endif /* !DISABLE_HELP */
+#endif
 }

src/move.c

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   move.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                           *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
- *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
+ *   Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
  *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
@@ -49,109 +48,109 @@ void do_last_line(void)
     focusing = FALSE;
 }
 
-/* Move up one page. */
+/* Determine the actual current chunk and the target column. */
+void get_edge_and_target(size_t *leftedge, size_t *target_column)
+{
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	*leftedge = leftedge_for(xplustabs(), openfile->current);
+	*target_column = openfile->placewewant - *leftedge;
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	*leftedge = 0;
+	*target_column = openfile->placewewant;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Move up nearly one screenful. */
 void do_page_up(void)
 {
-    int i, mustmove, skipped = 0;
+    int mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
-    /* If the cursor is less than a page away from the top of the file,
-     * put it at the beginning of the first line. */
-    if (openfile->current->lineno == 1 || (!ISSET(SOFTWRAP) &&
-		openfile->current->lineno <= editwinrows - 2)) {
+    /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
+     * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
+    if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
+	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
+	openfile->placewewant = openfile->firstcolumn;
+	openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+					openfile->firstcolumn);
+	openfile->current_y = 0;
+    }
+
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
+
+    /* Move up the required number of lines or chunks.  If we can't, we're
+     * at the top of the file, so put the cursor there and get out. */
+    if (go_back_chunks(mustmove, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0) {
 	do_first_line();
 	return;
     }
 
-    /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
-     * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
-    if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
-	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
-	openfile->placewewant = openfile->current_y = 0;
-    }
-
-    mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
-
-    for (i = mustmove; i - skipped > 0 && openfile->current != openfile->fileage; i--) {
-	openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current) {
-	    skipped += strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	    fprintf(stderr, "paging up: i = %d, skipped = %d based on line %ld len %lu\n",
-			i, skipped, (long)openfile->current->lineno, (unsigned long)strlenpt(openfile->current->data));
-#endif
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
-					openfile->placewewant);
+				actual_last_column(leftedge, target_column));
 
-    /* Scroll the edit window up a page. */
+    /* Move the viewport so that the cursor stays immobile, if possible. */
     adjust_viewport(STATIONARY);
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 }
 
-/* Move down one page. */
+/* Move down nearly one screenful. */
 void do_page_down(void)
 {
-    int i, mustmove;
-
-    /* If the cursor is less than a page away from the bottom of the file,
-     * put it at the end of the last line. */
-    if (openfile->current->lineno + maxrows - 2 >= openfile->filebot->lineno) {
-	do_last_line();
-	return;
-    }
+    int mustmove = (editwinrows < 3) ? 1 : editwinrows - 2;
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
     /* If we're not in smooth scrolling mode, put the cursor at the
      * beginning of the top line of the edit window, as Pico does. */
     if (!ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL)) {
 	openfile->current = openfile->edittop;
-	openfile->placewewant = openfile->current_y = 0;
+	openfile->placewewant = openfile->firstcolumn;
+	openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
+					openfile->firstcolumn);
+	openfile->current_y = 0;
     }
 
-    mustmove = (maxrows < 3) ? 1 : maxrows - 2;
-
-    for (i = mustmove; i > 0 && openfile->current != openfile->filebot; i--) {
-	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	fprintf(stderr, "paging down: moving to line %lu\n", (unsigned long)openfile->current->lineno);
-#endif
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
 
+    /* Move down the required number of lines or chunks.  If we can't, we're
+     * at the bottom of the file, so put the cursor there and get out. */
+    if (go_forward_chunks(mustmove, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0) {
+	do_last_line();
+	return;
     }
 
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
-					openfile->placewewant);
+				actual_last_column(leftedge, target_column));
 
-    /* Scroll the edit window down a page. */
+    /* Move the viewport so that the cursor stays immobile, if possible. */
     adjust_viewport(STATIONARY);
     refresh_needed = TRUE;
 }
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_JUSTIFY
-/* Move up to the beginning of the last beginning-of-paragraph line
- * before the current line.  If allow_update is TRUE, update the screen
- * afterwards. */
-void do_para_begin(bool allow_update)
+/* Move to the beginning of the last beginning-of-paragraph line before the
+ * current line.  If update_screen is TRUE, update the screen afterwards. */
+void do_para_begin(bool update_screen)
 {
     filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
 
     if (openfile->current != openfile->fileage) {
-	do {
+	do
 	    openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
-	    openfile->current_y--;
-	} while (!begpar(openfile->current));
+	while (!begpar(openfile->current));
     }
 
     openfile->current_x = 0;
 
-    if (allow_update)
+    if (update_screen)
 	edit_redraw(was_current);
 }
 
-/* Move up to the beginning of the last beginning-of-paragraph line
- * before the current line, and update the screen afterwards. */
+/* Move up to first start of a paragraph before the current line. */
 void do_para_begin_void(void)
 {
     do_para_begin(TRUE);
@@ -159,11 +158,11 @@ void do_para_begin_void(void)
 
 /* Move down to the beginning of the last line of the current paragraph.
  * Then move down one line farther if there is such a line, or to the
- * end of the current line if not.  If allow_update is TRUE, update the
+ * end of the current line if not.  If update_screen is TRUE, update the
  * screen afterwards.  A line is the last line of a paragraph if it is
  * in a paragraph, and the next line either is the beginning line of a
  * paragraph or isn't in a paragraph. */
-void do_para_end(bool allow_update)
+void do_para_end(bool update_screen)
 {
     filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
 
@@ -175,7 +174,6 @@ void do_para_end(bool allow_update)
 		inpar(openfile->current->next) &&
 		!begpar(openfile->current->next)) {
 	openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
-	openfile->current_y++;
     }
 
     if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
@@ -184,13 +182,11 @@ void do_para_end(bool allow_update)
     } else
 	openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
 
-    if (allow_update)
+    if (update_screen)
 	edit_redraw(was_current);
 }
 
-/* Move down to the beginning of the last line of the current paragraph.
- * Then move down one line farther if there is such a line, or to the
- * end of the current line if not, and update the screen afterwards. */
+/* Move down to just after the first end of a paragraph. */
 void do_para_end_void(void)
 {
     do_para_end(TRUE);
@@ -238,15 +234,13 @@ void do_next_block(void)
 }
 
 /* Move to the previous word in the file.  If allow_punct is TRUE, treat
- * punctuation as part of a word.  If allow_update is TRUE, update the
+ * punctuation as part of a word.  If update_screen is TRUE, update the
  * screen afterwards. */
-void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
+void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool update_screen)
 {
     filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     bool seen_a_word = FALSE, step_forward = FALSE;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
     /* Move backward until we pass over the start of a word. */
     while (TRUE) {
 	/* If at the head of a line, move to the end of the preceding one. */
@@ -279,8 +273,7 @@ void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
 	openfile->current_x = move_mbright(openfile->current->data,
 						openfile->current_x);
 
-    /* If allow_update is TRUE, update the screen. */
-    if (allow_update) {
+    if (update_screen) {
 	focusing = FALSE;
 	edit_redraw(was_current);
     }
@@ -294,18 +287,16 @@ void do_prev_word_void(void)
 }
 
 /* Move to the next word in the file.  If allow_punct is TRUE, treat
- * punctuation as part of a word.  If allow_update is TRUE, update the
+ * punctuation as part of a word.  If update_screen is TRUE, update the
  * screen afterwards.  Return TRUE if we started on a word, and FALSE
  * otherwise. */
-bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
+bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool update_screen)
 {
     filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     bool started_on_word = is_word_mbchar(openfile->current->data +
 				openfile->current_x, allow_punct);
     bool seen_space = !started_on_word;
 
-    assert(openfile->current != NULL && openfile->current->data != NULL);
-
     /* Move forward until we reach the start of a word. */
     while (TRUE) {
 	/* If at the end of a line, move to the beginning of the next one. */
@@ -331,8 +322,7 @@ bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update)
 	    break;
     }
 
-    /* If allow_update is TRUE, update the screen. */
-    if (allow_update) {
+    if (update_screen) {
 	focusing = FALSE;
 	edit_redraw(was_current);
     }
@@ -348,195 +338,232 @@ void do_next_word_void(void)
     do_next_word(ISSET(WORD_BOUNDS), TRUE);
 }
 
-/* Make sure that the current line, when it is partially scrolled off the
- * screen in softwrap mode, is scrolled fully into view. */
-void ensure_line_is_visible(void)
-{
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols +
-				openfile->current_y >= editwinrows) {
-	adjust_viewport(ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? FLOWING : CENTERING);
-	refresh_needed = TRUE;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Move to the beginning of the current line.  If the SMART_HOME flag is
- * set, move to the first non-whitespace character of the current line
- * if we aren't already there, or to the beginning of the current line
- * if we are. */
-void do_home(void)
+/* Move to the beginning of the current line (or softwrapped chunk).
+ * If be_clever is TRUE, do a smart home when wanted and possible,
+ * and do a dynamic home when in softwrap mode and it's possible.
+ * If be_clever is FALSE, just do a simple home. */
+void do_home(bool be_clever)
 {
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
-
+    bool moved_off_chunk = TRUE;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SMART_HOME)) {
-	size_t current_x_save = openfile->current_x;
+    bool moved = FALSE;
+    size_t leftedge = 0, leftedge_x = 0;
 
-	openfile->current_x = indent_length(openfile->current->data);
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	leftedge = leftedge_for(was_column, openfile->current);
+	leftedge_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data, leftedge);
+    }
 
-	if (openfile->current_x == current_x_save ||
-		openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] == '\0')
+    if (ISSET(SMART_HOME) && be_clever) {
+	size_t indent_x = indent_length(openfile->current->data);
+
+	if (openfile->current->data[indent_x] != '\0') {
+	    /* If we're exactly on the indent, move fully home.  Otherwise,
+	     * when not softwrapping or not after the first nonblank chunk,
+	     * move to the first nonblank character. */
+	    if (openfile->current_x == indent_x) {
+		openfile->current_x = 0;
+		moved = TRUE;
+	    } else if (!ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || leftedge_x <= indent_x) {
+		openfile->current_x = indent_x;
+		moved = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!moved && ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	/* If already at the left edge of the screen, move fully home.
+	 * Otherwise, move to the left edge. */
+	if (openfile->current_x == leftedge_x && be_clever)
 	    openfile->current_x = 0;
-    } else
+	else {
+	    openfile->current_x = leftedge_x;
+	    openfile->placewewant = leftedge;
+	    moved_off_chunk = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else if (!moved)
 #endif
 	openfile->current_x = 0;
 
-    openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+    if (moved_off_chunk)
+	openfile->placewewant = 0;
 
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+    /* If we changed chunk, we might be offscreen.  Otherwise,
+     * update current if the mark is on or we changed "page". */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && moved_off_chunk) {
+	focusing = FALSE;
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
+    } else if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }
 
-/* Move to the end of the current line. */
-void do_end(void)
+/* Do a (smart or dynamic) home. */
+void do_home_void(void)
 {
-    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
-
-    openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
-    openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
-
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
-	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
-
-    ensure_line_is_visible();
+    do_home(TRUE);
 }
 
-/* If scroll_only is FALSE, move up one line.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
- * scroll up one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Move to the end of the current line (or softwrapped chunk).
+ * If be_clever is TRUE, do a dynamic end when in softwrap mode and
+ * it's possible.  If be_clever is FALSE, just do a simple end. */
+void do_end(bool be_clever)
+{
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t line_len = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+    bool moved_off_chunk = TRUE;
+
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
+	bool last_chunk = FALSE;
+	size_t leftedge = leftedge_for(was_column, openfile->current);
+	size_t rightedge = get_softwrap_breakpoint(openfile->current->data,
+						leftedge, &last_chunk);
+	size_t rightedge_x;
+
+	/* If we're on the last chunk, we're already at the end of the line.
+	 * Otherwise, we're one column past the end of the line.  Shifting
+	 * backwards one column might put us in the middle of a multi-column
+	 * character, but actual_x() will fix that. */
+	if (!last_chunk)
+	    rightedge--;
+
+	rightedge_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data, rightedge);
+
+	/* If already at the right edge of the screen, move fully to
+	 * the end of the line.  Otherwise, move to the right edge. */
+	if (openfile->current_x == rightedge_x && be_clever)
+	    openfile->current_x = line_len;
+	else {
+	    openfile->current_x = rightedge_x;
+	    openfile->placewewant = rightedge;
+	    moved_off_chunk = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else
+#endif
+	openfile->current_x = line_len;
+
+    if (moved_off_chunk)
+	openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
+
+    /* If we changed chunk, we might be offscreen.  Otherwise,
+     * update current if the mark is on or we changed "page". */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && moved_off_chunk) {
+	focusing = FALSE;
+	edit_redraw(was_current);
+    } else if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
+}
+
+/* Do a (dynamic) end. */
+void do_end_void(void)
+{
+    do_end(TRUE);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the preceding line or chunk.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
+ * also scroll the screen one row, so the cursor stays in the same spot. */
 void do_up(bool scroll_only)
 {
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
-    /* If we're at the top of the file, or if scroll_only is TRUE and
-     * the top of the file is onscreen, get out. */
-    if (openfile->current == openfile->fileage ||
-		(scroll_only && openfile->edittop == openfile->fileage))
+    /* When just scrolling and the top of the file is onscreen, get out. */
+    if (scroll_only && openfile->edittop == openfile->fileage &&
+			openfile->firstcolumn == 0)
 	return;
 
-    assert(ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || openfile->current_y == openfile->current->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno);
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
 
-    /* Move the current line of the edit window up. */
-    openfile->current = openfile->current->prev;
+    /* If we can't move up one line or chunk, we're at top of file. */
+    if (go_back_chunks(1, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0)
+	return;
+
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
-					openfile->placewewant);
+				actual_last_column(leftedge, target_column));
 
     /* When the cursor was on the first line of the edit window (or when just
      * scrolling without moving the cursor), scroll the edit window up -- one
      * line if we're in smooth scrolling mode, and half a page otherwise. */
-    if (openfile->current->next == openfile->edittop || scroll_only)
+    if (openfile->current_y == 0 || scroll_only)
 	edit_scroll(UPWARD, (ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ?
 				1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
 
-    /* If the lines weren't already redrawn, see if they need to be. */
     if (openfile->current_y > 0) {
-	/* Redraw the prior line if it was horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, 0))
+	/* Redraw the prior line if it's not offscreen, and it's not the same
+	 * line as the current one, and the line was horizontally scrolled. */
+	if ((!scroll_only || openfile->current_y < editwinrows - 1) &&
+			openfile->current != was_current &&
+			line_needs_update(was_column, 0))
 	    update_line(openfile->current->next, 0);
 	/* Redraw the current line if it needs to be horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(0, xplustabs()))
+	if (line_needs_update(0, xplustabs()))
 	    update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
     }
 }
 
-/* Move up one line. */
+/* Move up one line or chunk. */
 void do_up_void(void)
 {
     do_up(FALSE);
 }
 
-/* If scroll_only is FALSE, move down one line.  If scroll_only is TRUE,
- * scroll down one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Move the cursor to next line or chunk.  If scroll_only is TRUE, also
+ * scroll the screen one row, so the cursor stays in the same spot. */
 void do_down(bool scroll_only)
 {
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    int amount = 0, enough;
-    filestruct *topline;
-#endif
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+    size_t leftedge, target_column;
 
-    /* If we're at the bottom of the file, get out. */
-    if (openfile->current == openfile->filebot)
+    get_edge_and_target(&leftedge, &target_column);
+
+    /* If we can't move down one line or chunk, we're at bottom of file. */
+    if (go_forward_chunks(1, &openfile->current, &leftedge) > 0)
 	return;
 
-    assert(ISSET(SOFTWRAP) || openfile->current_y ==
-		openfile->current->lineno - openfile->edittop->lineno);
-    assert(openfile->current->next != NULL);
-
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
-	/* Compute the number of lines to scroll. */
-	amount = strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols -
-			xplustabs() / editwincols +
-			strlenpt(openfile->current->next->data) / editwincols +
-			openfile->current_y - editwinrows + 2;
-	topline = openfile->edittop;
-	/* Reduce the amount when there are overlong lines at the top. */
-	for (enough = 1; enough < amount; enough++) {
-	    amount -= strlenpt(topline->data) / editwincols;
-	    if (amount > 0)
-		topline = topline->next;
-	    if (amount < enough) {
-		amount = enough;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Move to the next line in the file. */
-    openfile->current = openfile->current->next;
+    openfile->placewewant = leftedge + target_column;
     openfile->current_x = actual_x(openfile->current->data,
-					openfile->placewewant);
-
-    /* If scroll_only is FALSE and if we're on the last line of the
-     * edit window, scroll the edit window down one line if we're in
-     * smooth scrolling mode, or down half a page if we're not.  If
-     * scroll_only is TRUE, scroll the edit window down one line
-     * unconditionally. */
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 || amount > 0 || scroll_only) {
-	if (amount < 1 || scroll_only)
-	    amount = 1;
+				actual_last_column(leftedge, target_column));
 
+    /* When the cursor was on the last line of the edit window (or when just
+     * scrolling without moving the cursor), scroll the edit window down -- one
+     * line if we're in smooth scrolling mode, and half a page otherwise. */
+    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 || scroll_only)
 	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, (ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) || scroll_only) ?
-				amount : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+				1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
 
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP)) {
-	    refresh_needed = TRUE;
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-#else
-    if (openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1)
-	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, editwinrows / 2 + 1);
-#endif
-
-    /* If the lines weren't already redrawn, see if they need to be. */
     if (openfile->current_y < editwinrows - 1) {
-	/* Redraw the prior line if it was horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, 0))
+	/* Redraw the prior line if it's not offscreen, and it's not the same
+	 * line as the current one, and the line was horizontally scrolled. */
+	if ((!scroll_only || openfile->current_y > 0) &&
+			openfile->current != was_current &&
+			line_needs_update(was_column, 0))
 	    update_line(openfile->current->prev, 0);
 	/* Redraw the current line if it needs to be horizontally scrolled. */
-	if (need_horizontal_scroll(0, xplustabs()))
+	if (line_needs_update(0, xplustabs()))
 	    update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
     }
 }
 
-/* Move down one line. */
+/* Move down one line or chunk. */
 void do_down_void(void)
 {
     do_down(FALSE);
 }
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-/* Scroll up one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Scroll up one line or chunk without scrolling the cursor. */
 void do_scroll_up(void)
 {
     do_up(TRUE);
 }
 
-/* Scroll down one line without scrolling the cursor. */
+/* Scroll down one line or chunk without scrolling the cursor. */
 void do_scroll_down(void)
 {
     do_down(TRUE);
@@ -547,18 +574,36 @@ void do_scroll_down(void)
 void do_left(void)
 {
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_chunk = chunk_for(was_column, was_current);
+#endif
 
     if (openfile->current_x > 0)
 	openfile->current_x = move_mbleft(openfile->current->data,
 						openfile->current_x);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->fileage) {
 	do_up_void();
-	openfile->current_x = strlen(openfile->current->data);
+	do_end(FALSE);
+	return;
     }
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    /* If we were on the first line of the edit window, and we changed chunk,
+     * we're now above the first line of the edit window, so scroll up. */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current_y == 0 &&
+		openfile->current == was_current &&
+		chunk_for(openfile->placewewant,
+				openfile->current) != was_chunk) {
+	edit_scroll(UPWARD, ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? 1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Update current if the mark is on or it has changed "page". */
+    if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
 	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }
 
@@ -566,27 +611,35 @@ void do_left(void)
 void do_right(void)
 {
     size_t was_column = xplustabs();
-
-    assert(openfile->current_x <= strlen(openfile->current->data));
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    filestruct *was_current = openfile->current;
+    size_t was_chunk = chunk_for(was_column, was_current);
+#endif
 
     if (openfile->current->data[openfile->current_x] != '\0')
 	openfile->current_x = move_mbright(openfile->current->data,
 						openfile->current_x);
     else if (openfile->current != openfile->filebot) {
-	openfile->current_x = 0;
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
-	if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP))
-	    openfile->current_y -= strlenpt(openfile->current->data) / editwincols;
-#endif
+	do_home(FALSE);
+	do_down_void();
+	return;
     }
 
     openfile->placewewant = xplustabs();
 
-    if (need_horizontal_scroll(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
-	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+    /* If we were on the last line of the edit window, and we changed chunk,
+     * we're now below the first line of the edit window, so scroll down. */
+    if (ISSET(SOFTWRAP) && openfile->current_y == editwinrows - 1 &&
+		openfile->current == was_current &&
+		chunk_for(openfile->placewewant,
+				openfile->current) != was_chunk) {
+	edit_scroll(DOWNWARD, ISSET(SMOOTH_SCROLL) ? 1 : editwinrows / 2 + 1);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
 
-    if (openfile->current_x == 0)
-	do_down_void();
-    else
-	ensure_line_is_visible();
+    /* Update current if the mark is on or it has changed "page". */
+    if (line_needs_update(was_column, openfile->placewewant))
+	update_line(openfile->current, openfile->current_x);
 }

src/nano.h

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   nano.h  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                           *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
- *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
+ *   Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
  *   Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016 Benno Schulenberg                     *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
@@ -49,10 +48,6 @@
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#endif
-
 /* Suppress warnings for __attribute__((warn_unused_result)). */
 #define IGNORE_CALL_RESULT(call) do { if (call) {} } while(0)
 
@@ -70,6 +65,13 @@
 #define charmove(dest, src, n) memmove(dest, src, (n) * sizeof(char))
 #define charset(dest, src, n) memset(dest, src, (n) * sizeof(char))
 
+/* In UTF-8 a character is at most six bytes long. */
+#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
+#define MAXCHARLEN 6
+#else
+#define MAXCHARLEN 1
+#endif
+
 /* Set a default value for PATH_MAX if there isn't one. */
 #ifndef PATH_MAX
 #define PATH_MAX 4096
@@ -116,50 +118,14 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <dirent.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 #include <regex.h>
-#endif
 #include <signal.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
-/* If no vsnprintf(), use the version from glib 2.x. */
-#ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
-#include <glib.h>
-#define vsnprintf g_vsnprintf
-#endif
-
-/* If no isblank(), iswblank(), strcasecmp(), strncasecmp(),
- * strcasestr(), strnlen(), getdelim(), or getline(), use the versions
- * we have. */
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-#define isblank nisblank
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_ISWBLANK
-#define iswblank niswblank
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-#define strcasecmp nstrcasecmp
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-#define strncasecmp nstrncasecmp
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-#define strcasestr nstrcasestr
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-#define strnlen nstrnlen
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETDELIM
-#define getdelim ngetdelim
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLINE
-#define getline ngetline
-#endif
-
-/* If we aren't using ncurses with mouse support, turn the mouse support
- * off, as it's useless then. */
+/* If we aren't using an ncurses with mouse support, exclude any
+ * mouse routines, as they are useless then. */
 #ifndef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
-#define DISABLE_MOUSE 1
+#undef ENABLE_MOUSE
 #endif
 
 #if defined(DISABLE_WRAPPING) && defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY)
@@ -192,11 +158,11 @@ typedef enum {
 } update_type;
 
 typedef enum {
-    ADD, DEL, BACK, CUT, CUT_EOF, REPLACE,
+    ADD, DEL, BACK, CUT, CUT_TO_EOF, REPLACE,
 #ifndef DISABLE_WRAPPING
     SPLIT_BEGIN, SPLIT_END,
 #endif
-#ifndef DISABLE_COMMENT
+#ifdef ENABLE_COMMENT
     COMMENT, UNCOMMENT, PREFLIGHT,
 #endif
     JOIN, PASTE, INSERT, ENTER, OTHER
@@ -252,8 +218,10 @@ typedef struct syntaxtype {
 	/* The command with which to lint this type of file. */
     char *formatter;
         /* The formatting command (for programming languages mainly). */
+#ifdef ENABLE_COMMENT
     char *comment;
 	/* The line comment prefix (and postfix) for this type of file. */
+#endif
     colortype *color;
 	/* The colors and their regexes used in this syntax. */
     int nmultis;
@@ -288,6 +256,8 @@ typedef struct lintstruct {
 	/* Whole line engulfed by the regex, start < me, end > me. */
 #define CSTARTENDHERE	(1<<5)
 	/* Regex starts and ends within this line. */
+#define CWOULDBE	(1<<6)
+	/* An unpaired start match on or before this line. */
 #endif /* !DISABLE_COLOR */
 
 /* More structure types. */
@@ -389,6 +359,9 @@ typedef struct openfilestruct {
 	/* The current line for this file. */
     size_t totsize;
 	/* The file's total number of characters. */
+    size_t firstcolumn;
+	/* The starting column of the top line of the edit window.
+	 * When not in softwrap mode, it's always zero. */
     size_t current_x;
 	/* The file's x-coordinate position. */
     size_t placewewant;
@@ -431,7 +404,7 @@ typedef struct openfilestruct {
 	/* The preceding open file, if any. */
 } openfilestruct;
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_NANORC
+#ifdef ENABLE_NANORC
 typedef struct rcoption {
     const char *name;
 	/* The name of the rcfile option. */
@@ -469,7 +442,7 @@ typedef struct subnfunc {
 	/* In what menus this function applies. */
     const char *desc;
 	/* The function's short description, for example "Where Is". */
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
+#ifdef ENABLE_HELP
     const char *help;
 	/* The help-screen text for this function. */
     bool blank_after;
@@ -507,7 +480,7 @@ enum
 {
     DONTUSE,
     CASE_SENSITIVE,
-    CONST_UPDATE,
+    CONSTANT_SHOW,
     NO_HELP,
     SUSPEND,
     NO_WRAP,
@@ -516,7 +489,7 @@ enum
     USE_MOUSE,
     USE_REGEXP,
     TEMP_FILE,
-    CUT_TO_END,
+    CUT_FROM_CURSOR,
     BACKWARDS_SEARCH,
     MULTIBUFFER,
     SMOOTH_SCROLL,
@@ -545,7 +518,9 @@ enum
     MAKE_IT_UNIX,
     JUSTIFY_TRIM,
     SHOW_CURSOR,
-    LINE_NUMBERS
+    LINE_NUMBERS,
+    NO_PAUSES,
+    AT_BLANKS
 };
 
 /* Flags for the menus in which a given function should be present. */
@@ -564,9 +539,15 @@ enum
 #define MGOTODIR		(1<<12)
 #define MYESNO			(1<<13)
 #define MLINTER			(1<<14)
+#define MFINDINHELP		(1<<15)
 /* This is an abbreviation for all menus except Help and YesNo. */
 #define MMOST  (MMAIN|MWHEREIS|MREPLACE|MREPLACEWITH|MGOTOLINE|MWRITEFILE|MINSERTFILE|\
-		MEXTCMD|MBROWSER|MWHEREISFILE|MGOTODIR|MSPELL|MLINTER)
+		MEXTCMD|MBROWSER|MWHEREISFILE|MGOTODIR|MFINDINHELP|MSPELL|MLINTER)
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+#define MSOME  MMOST
+#else
+#define MSOME  MMAIN|MBROWSER
+#endif
 
 /* Basic control codes. */
 #define TAB_CODE  0x09
@@ -578,10 +559,14 @@ enum
 #define CONTROL_RIGHT 0x402
 #define CONTROL_UP 0x403
 #define CONTROL_DOWN 0x404
+#define CONTROL_HOME 0x411
+#define CONTROL_END 0x412
 #define SHIFT_CONTROL_LEFT 0x405
 #define SHIFT_CONTROL_RIGHT 0x406
 #define SHIFT_CONTROL_UP 0x407
 #define SHIFT_CONTROL_DOWN 0x408
+#define SHIFT_CONTROL_HOME 0x413
+#define SHIFT_CONTROL_END 0x414
 #define SHIFT_ALT_LEFT 0x409
 #define SHIFT_ALT_RIGHT 0x40a
 #define SHIFT_ALT_UP 0x40b
@@ -591,6 +576,15 @@ enum
 #define SHIFT_HOME 0x40f
 #define SHIFT_END 0x410
 
+#ifdef USE_SLANG
+#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
+#define KEY_BAD 0xFF  /* Clipped error code. */
+#endif
+#define KEY_FLUSH 0x91  /* User-definable control code. */
+#else
+#define KEY_FLUSH KEY_F0  /* Nonexistent function key. */
+#endif
+
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 /* An imaginary key for when we get a SIGWINCH (window resize). */
 #define KEY_WINCH -2
@@ -613,6 +607,9 @@ enum
 /* The default width of a tab in spaces. */
 #define WIDTH_OF_TAB 8
 
+/* The default comment character when a syntax does not specify any. */
+#define GENERAL_COMMENT_CHARACTER "#"
+
 /* The maximum number of search/replace history strings saved, not
  * counting the blank lines at their ends. */
 #define MAX_SEARCH_HISTORY 100

src/prompt.c

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   prompt.c  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                         *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
- *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
+ *   Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
  *   Copyright (C) 2016 Benno Schulenberg                                 *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
@@ -58,7 +57,7 @@ int do_statusbar_input(bool *ran_func, bool *finished)
 	return KEY_WINCH;
 #endif
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
     /* If we got a mouse click and it was on a shortcut, read in the
      * shortcut character. */
     if (input == KEY_MOUSE) {
@@ -96,7 +95,7 @@ int do_statusbar_input(bool *ran_func, bool *finished)
 	    kbinput = (int *)nrealloc(kbinput, kbinput_len * sizeof(int));
 	    kbinput[kbinput_len - 1] = input;
 	}
-     }
+    }
 
     /* If we got a shortcut, or if there aren't any other keystrokes waiting
      * after the one we read in, we need to insert all the characters in the
@@ -125,9 +124,9 @@ int do_statusbar_input(bool *ran_func, bool *finished)
 	else if (s->scfunc == do_next_word_void)
 	    do_statusbar_next_word();
 #endif
-	else if (s->scfunc == do_home)
+	else if (s->scfunc == do_home_void)
 	    do_statusbar_home();
-	else if (s->scfunc == do_end)
+	else if (s->scfunc == do_end_void)
 	    do_statusbar_end();
 	/* When in restricted mode at the "Write File" prompt and the
 	 * filename isn't blank, disallow any input and deletion. */
@@ -138,9 +137,9 @@ int do_statusbar_input(bool *ran_func, bool *finished)
 				s->scfunc == do_delete ||
 				s->scfunc == do_backspace))
 	    ;
-	else if (s->scfunc == do_verbatim_input) {
+	else if (s->scfunc == do_verbatim_input)
 	    do_statusbar_verbatim_input();
-	} else if (s->scfunc == do_cut_text_void)
+	else if (s->scfunc == do_cut_text_void)
 	    do_statusbar_cut_text();
 	else if (s->scfunc == do_delete)
 	    do_statusbar_delete();
@@ -165,7 +164,7 @@ int do_statusbar_input(bool *ran_func, bool *finished)
     return input;
 }
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
 /* Handle a mouse click on the statusbar prompt or the shortcut list. */
 int do_statusbar_mouse(void)
 {
@@ -197,7 +196,7 @@ void do_statusbar_output(int *the_input, size_t input_len,
 	bool filtering)
 {
     char *output = charalloc(input_len + 1);
-    char *char_buf = charalloc(mb_cur_max());
+    char onechar[MAXCHARLEN];
     int i, char_len;
 
     /* Copy the typed stuff so it can be treated. */
@@ -213,7 +212,7 @@ void do_statusbar_output(int *the_input, size_t input_len,
 	    output[i] = '\n';
 
 	/* Interpret the next multibyte character. */
-	char_len = parse_mbchar(output + i, char_buf, NULL);
+	char_len = parse_mbchar(output + i, onechar, NULL);
 
 	i += char_len;
 
@@ -225,12 +224,11 @@ void do_statusbar_output(int *the_input, size_t input_len,
 	answer = charealloc(answer, strlen(answer) + char_len + 1);
 	charmove(answer + statusbar_x + char_len, answer + statusbar_x,
 				strlen(answer) - statusbar_x + 1);
-	strncpy(answer + statusbar_x, char_buf, char_len);
+	strncpy(answer + statusbar_x, onechar, char_len);
 
 	statusbar_x += char_len;
     }
 
-    free(char_buf);
     free(output);
 
     update_the_statusbar();
@@ -293,10 +291,10 @@ void do_statusbar_delete(void)
 /* Zap some or all text from the answer. */
 void do_statusbar_cut_text(void)
 {
-    if (!ISSET(CUT_TO_END))
+    if (!ISSET(CUT_FROM_CURSOR))
 	statusbar_x = 0;
 
-    null_at(&answer, statusbar_x);
+    answer[statusbar_x] = '\0';
 
     update_the_statusbar();
 }
@@ -385,35 +383,18 @@ void reinit_statusbar_x(void)
     statusbar_x = HIGHEST_POSITIVE;
 }
 
-/* Put the cursor in the answer at statusbar_x. */
-void reset_statusbar_cursor(void)
-{
-    size_t start_col = strlenpt(prompt) + 2;
-    size_t xpt = statusbar_xplustabs();
-
-    /* Work around a cursor-misplacement bug in VTEs. */
-    wmove(bottomwin, 0, 0);
-    wnoutrefresh(bottomwin);
-    doupdate();
-
-    wmove(bottomwin, 0, start_col + xpt -
-			get_statusbar_page_start(start_col, start_col + xpt));
-
-    wnoutrefresh(bottomwin);
-}
-
-/* Repaint the statusbar. */
+/* Redraw the promptbar and place the cursor at the right spot. */
 void update_the_statusbar(void)
 {
-    size_t base, the_page, end_page;
+    size_t base = strlenpt(prompt) + 2;
+    size_t the_page, end_page, column;
     char *expanded;
 
-    base = strlenpt(prompt) + 2;
     the_page = get_statusbar_page_start(base, base + strnlenpt(answer, statusbar_x));
     end_page = get_statusbar_page_start(base, base + strlenpt(answer) - 1);
 
+    /* Color the promptbar over its full width. */
     wattron(bottomwin, interface_color_pair[TITLE_BAR]);
-
     blank_statusbar();
 
     mvwaddstr(bottomwin, 0, 0, prompt);
@@ -428,14 +409,19 @@ void update_the_statusbar(void)
 
     wattroff(bottomwin, interface_color_pair[TITLE_BAR]);
 
-    reset_statusbar_cursor();
+    /* Work around a cursor-misplacement bug in VTEs. */
+    wmove(bottomwin, 0, 0);
+    wrefresh(bottomwin);
+
+    /* Place the cursor at statusbar_x in the answer. */
+    column = base + statusbar_xplustabs();
+    wmove(bottomwin, 0, column - get_statusbar_page_start(base, column));
+    wnoutrefresh(bottomwin);
 }
 
 /* Get a string of input at the statusbar prompt. */
 functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
 	bool allow_files, bool *listed,
-#endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 	filestruct **history_list,
 #endif
@@ -444,7 +430,7 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
     int kbinput = ERR;
     bool ran_func, finished;
     functionptrtype func;
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
+#ifdef ENABLE_TABCOMP
     bool tabbed = FALSE;
 	/* Whether we've pressed Tab. */
 #endif
@@ -454,7 +440,7 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
     char *magichistory = NULL;
 	/* The temporary string typed at the bottom of the history, if
 	 * any. */
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
+#ifdef ENABLE_TABCOMP
     int last_kbinput = ERR;
 	/* The key we pressed before the current key. */
     size_t complete_len = 0;
@@ -472,10 +458,6 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
 
     update_the_statusbar();
 
-    /* Refresh edit window and statusbar before getting input. */
-    wnoutrefresh(edit);
-    wnoutrefresh(bottomwin);
-
     while (TRUE) {
 	/* Ensure the cursor is shown when waiting for input. */
 	curs_set(1);
@@ -499,7 +481,7 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
 	if (func == do_cancel || func == do_enter)
 	    break;
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
+#ifdef ENABLE_TABCOMP
 	if (func != do_tab)
 	    tabbed = FALSE;
 
@@ -520,7 +502,7 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
 		answer = input_tab(answer, allow_files, &statusbar_x,
 					&tabbed, refresh_func, listed);
 	} else
-#endif /* !DISABLE_TABCOMP */
+#endif /* ENABLE_TABCOMP */
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 	if (func == get_history_older_void) {
 	    if (history_list != NULL) {
@@ -584,7 +566,7 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
 
 	update_the_statusbar();
 
-#if !defined(DISABLE_HISTORIES) && !defined(DISABLE_TABCOMP)
+#if !defined(DISABLE_HISTORIES) && defined(ENABLE_TABCOMP)
 	last_kbinput = kbinput;
 #endif
     }
@@ -613,10 +595,7 @@ functionptrtype acquire_an_answer(int *actual, bool allow_tabs,
  * The allow_tabs parameter indicates whether we should allow tabs to be
  * interpreted.  The allow_files parameter indicates whether we should
  * allow all files (as opposed to just directories) to be tab completed. */
-int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-	bool allow_files,
-#endif
+int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs, bool allow_files,
 	int menu, const char *curranswer,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 	filestruct **history_list,
@@ -626,11 +605,10 @@ int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
     va_list ap;
     int retval;
     functionptrtype func = NULL;
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
     bool listed = FALSE;
-#endif
-    /* Save a possible current statusbar x position. */
+    /* Save a possible current statusbar x position and prompt. */
     size_t was_statusbar_x = statusbar_x;
+    char *saved_prompt = prompt;
 
     bottombars(menu);
 
@@ -639,24 +617,21 @@ int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
   redo_theprompt:
 #endif
-    prompt = charalloc((COLS * mb_cur_max()) + 1);
+    prompt = charalloc((COLS * MAXCHARLEN) + 1);
     va_start(ap, msg);
-    vsnprintf(prompt, COLS * mb_cur_max(), msg, ap);
+    vsnprintf(prompt, COLS * MAXCHARLEN, msg, ap);
     va_end(ap);
     /* Reserve five columns for colon plus angles plus answer, ":<aa>". */
-    null_at(&prompt, actual_x(prompt, (COLS < 5) ? 0 : COLS - 5));
+    prompt[actual_x(prompt, (COLS < 5) ? 0 : COLS - 5)] = '\0';
 
-    func = acquire_an_answer(&retval, allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-			allow_files, &listed,
-#endif
+    func = acquire_an_answer(&retval, allow_tabs, allow_files, &listed,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 			history_list,
 #endif
 			refresh_func);
 
     free(prompt);
-    prompt = NULL;
+    prompt = saved_prompt;
 
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
     if (retval == KEY_WINCH)
@@ -682,7 +657,7 @@ int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
     fprintf(stderr, "answer = \"%s\"\n", answer);
 #endif
 
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
+#ifdef ENABLE_TABCOMP
     /* If we've done tab completion, there might still be a list of
      * filename matches on the edit window.  Clear them off. */
     if (listed)
@@ -763,7 +738,7 @@ int do_yesno_prompt(bool all, const char *msg)
 
 	if (func == do_cancel)
 	    response = -1;
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
 	else if (kbinput == KEY_MOUSE) {
 	    int mouse_x, mouse_y;
 	    /* We can click on the Yes/No/All shortcuts to select an answer. */
@@ -785,7 +760,7 @@ int do_yesno_prompt(bool all, const char *msg)
 		    response = -2;
 	    }
 	}
-#endif /* !DISABLE_MOUSE */
+#endif /* ENABLE_MOUSE */
 	else {
 	    /* Look for the kbinput in the Yes, No (and All) strings. */
 	    if (strchr(yesstr, kbinput) != NULL)

src/proto.h

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /**************************************************************************
  *   proto.h  --  This file is part of GNU nano.                          *
  *                                                                        *
- *   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,  *
- *   2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
+ *   Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.    *
  *                                                                        *
  *   GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify     *
  *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published    *
@@ -25,6 +24,7 @@
 #include "nano.h"
 
 /* All external variables.  See global.c for their descriptions. */
+
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 extern volatile sig_atomic_t the_window_resized;
 #endif
@@ -43,19 +43,34 @@ extern bool as_an_at;
 extern int margin;
 extern int editwincols;
 
+#ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
+extern bool have_palette;
+#endif
+
+extern bool suppress_cursorpos;
+
 extern message_type lastmessage;
 
 extern filestruct *pletion_line;
 
+extern bool inhelp;
+extern char *title;
+
+extern int didfind;
+
 extern int controlleft;
 extern int controlright;
 extern int controlup;
 extern int controldown;
+extern int controlhome;
+extern int controlend;
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 extern int shiftcontrolleft;
 extern int shiftcontrolright;
 extern int shiftcontrolup;
 extern int shiftcontroldown;
+extern int shiftcontrolhome;
+extern int shiftcontrolend;
 extern int shiftaltleft;
 extern int shiftaltright;
 extern int shiftaltup;
@@ -76,7 +91,6 @@ extern WINDOW *topwin;
 extern WINDOW *edit;
 extern WINDOW *bottomwin;
 extern int editwinrows;
-extern int maxrows;
 
 extern filestruct *cutbuffer;
 extern filestruct *cutbottom;
@@ -100,19 +114,13 @@ extern const char *unjust_tag;
 extern char *punct;
 extern char *brackets;
 extern char *quotestr;
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 extern regex_t quotereg;
 extern int quoterc;
 extern char *quoteerr;
-#else
-extern size_t quotelen;
-#endif
 #endif /* !DISABLE_JUSTIFY */
 
 extern char *word_chars;
 
-extern bool nodelay_mode;
-
 extern char *answer;
 
 extern ssize_t tabsize;
@@ -154,10 +162,8 @@ extern filestruct *replacebot;
 extern poshiststruct *position_history;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 extern regex_t search_regexp;
 extern regmatch_t regmatches[10];
-#endif
 
 extern int hilite_attribute;
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
@@ -169,22 +175,18 @@ extern char *homedir;
 
 typedef void (*functionptrtype)(void);
 
-/* All functions in browser.c. */
-#ifndef DISABLE_BROWSER
-char *do_browser(char *path);
+/* Most functions in browser.c. */
+#ifdef ENABLE_BROWSER
 char *do_browse_from(const char *inpath);
 void read_the_list(const char *path, DIR *dir);
 functionptrtype parse_browser_input(int *kbinput);
 void browser_refresh(void);
 void browser_select_dirname(const char *needle);
-int filesearch_init(void);
-void findnextfile(const char *needle);
-void filesearch_abort(void);
 void do_filesearch(void);
 void do_fileresearch(void);
 void do_first_file(void);
 void do_last_file(void);
-char *striponedir(const char *path);
+char *strip_last_component(const char *path);
 #endif
 
 /* Most functions in chars.c. */
@@ -193,71 +195,43 @@ void utf8_init(void);
 bool using_utf8(void);
 #endif
 char *addstrings(char* str1, size_t len1, char* str2, size_t len2);
-#ifndef HAVE_ISBLANK
-bool nisblank(int c);
-#endif
-#if !defined(HAVE_ISWBLANK) && defined(ENABLE_UTF8)
-bool niswblank(wchar_t wc);
-#endif
 bool is_byte(int c);
 bool is_alpha_mbchar(const char *c);
-bool is_alnum_mbchar(const char *c);
 bool is_blank_mbchar(const char *c);
 bool is_ascii_cntrl_char(int c);
-bool is_cntrl_char(int c);
 bool is_cntrl_mbchar(const char *c);
-bool is_punct_mbchar(const char *c);
 bool is_word_mbchar(const char *c, bool allow_punct);
-char control_rep(const signed char c);
 char control_mbrep(const char *c, bool isdata);
 int length_of_char(const char *c, int *width);
 int mbwidth(const char *c);
-int mb_cur_max(void);
 char *make_mbchar(long chr, int *chr_mb_len);
 int parse_mbchar(const char *buf, char *chr, size_t *col);
 size_t move_mbleft(const char *buf, size_t pos);
 size_t move_mbright(const char *buf, size_t pos);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-int nstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
-#endif
 int mbstrcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-int nstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
-#endif
 int mbstrncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCASESTR
-char *nstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
-#endif
 char *mbstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
 char *revstrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
-	const char *pointer);
-char *revstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const char
-	*rev_start);
-char *mbrevstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, const
-	char *rev_start);
+	const char *index);
+char *mbrevstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle,
+	const char *index);
 size_t mbstrlen(const char *s);
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
-size_t nstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
-#endif
 size_t mbstrnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
 #if !defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY)
 char *mbstrchr(const char *s, const char *c);
 #endif
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 char *mbstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept);
-char *revstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
-	*rev_start);
-char *mbrevstrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept, const char
-	*rev_start);
+char *revstrpbrk(const char *head, const char *accept, const char *index);
+char *mbrevstrpbrk(const char *head, const char *accept, const char *index);
 #endif
-#if !defined(DISABLE_NANORC) && (!defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY))
-bool has_blank_chars(const char *s);
+#if defined(ENABLE_NANORC) && (!defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY))
 bool has_blank_mbchars(const char *s);
 #endif
 #ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
 bool is_valid_unicode(wchar_t wc);
 #endif
-#ifndef DISABLE_NANORC
+#ifdef ENABLE_NANORC
 bool is_valid_mbstring(const char *s);
 #endif
 
@@ -266,19 +240,16 @@ bool is_valid_mbstring(const char *s);
 void set_colorpairs(void);
 void color_init(void);
 void color_update(void);
-void reset_multis(filestruct *fileptr, bool force);
+void check_the_multis(filestruct *line);
 void alloc_multidata_if_needed(filestruct *fileptr);
 void precalc_multicolorinfo(void);
 #endif
 
-/* All functions in cut.c. */
+/* Most functions in cut.c. */
 void cutbuffer_reset(void);
 bool keeping_cutbuffer(void);
-void cut_line(void);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-void cut_marked(void);
-void cut_to_eol(void);
-void cut_to_eof(void);
+void cut_marked(bool *right_side_up);
 #endif
 void do_cut_text(bool copy_text, bool cut_till_eof);
 void do_cut_text_void(void);
@@ -289,25 +260,27 @@ void do_cut_till_eof(void);
 void do_uncut_text(void);
 
 /* Most functions in files.c. */
-void make_new_buffer(void);
 void initialize_buffer_text(void);
 bool open_buffer(const char *filename, bool undoable);
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
 void replace_buffer(const char *filename);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+void replace_marked_buffer(const char *filename, filestruct *top, size_t top_x,
+	filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x);
 #endif
-void display_buffer(void);
-#ifndef DISABLE_MULTIBUFFER
+#endif
+void prepare_for_display(void);
+#ifdef ENABLE_MULTIBUFFER
 void switch_to_prev_buffer_void(void);
 void switch_to_next_buffer_void(void);
 bool close_buffer(void);
 #endif
-filestruct *read_line(char *buf, size_t buf_len, filestruct *prevnode);
-void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable, bool checkwritable);
+void read_file(FILE *f, int fd, const char *filename, bool undoable,
+		bool checkwritable);
 int open_file(const char *filename, bool newfie, bool quiet, FILE **f);
 char *get_next_filename(const char *name, const char *suffix);
 void do_insertfile_void(void);
 char *get_full_path(const char *origpath);
-char *check_writable_directory(const char *path);
 char *safe_tempfile(FILE **f);
 #ifndef DISABLE_OPERATINGDIR
 void init_operating_dir(void);
@@ -318,7 +291,7 @@ void init_backup_dir(void);
 int delete_lockfile(const char *lockfilename);
 int write_lockfile(const char *lockfilename, const char *origfilename, bool modified);
 #endif
-int copy_file(FILE *inn, FILE *out);
+int copy_file(FILE *inn, FILE *out, bool close_out);
 bool write_file(const char *name, FILE *f_open, bool tmp,
 	kind_of_writing_type method, bool nonamechange);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
@@ -331,24 +304,17 @@ void do_writeout_void(void);
 void do_savefile(void);
 #endif
 char *real_dir_from_tilde(const char *buf);
-#if !defined(DISABLE_TABCOMP) || !defined(DISABLE_BROWSER)
+#if defined(ENABLE_TABCOMP) || defined(ENABLE_BROWSER)
 int diralphasort(const void *va, const void *vb);
 void free_chararray(char **array, size_t len);
 #endif
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-bool is_dir(const char *buf);
-char **username_tab_completion(const char *buf, size_t *num_matches,
-	size_t buf_len);
-char **cwd_tab_completion(const char *buf, bool allow_files, size_t
-	*num_matches, size_t buf_len);
+#ifdef ENABLE_TABCOMP
 char *input_tab(char *buf, bool allow_files, size_t *place,
 	bool *lastwastab, void (*refresh_func)(void), bool *listed);
 #endif
 const char *tail(const char *path);
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
-char *histfilename(void);
 void load_history(void);
-bool writehist(FILE *hist, const filestruct *histhead);
 void save_history(void);
 int check_dotnano(void);
 void load_poshistory(void);
@@ -378,7 +344,8 @@ void thanks_for_all_the_fish(void);
 #endif
 
 /* All functions in help.c. */
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
+#ifdef ENABLE_HELP
+void wrap_the_help_text(bool redisplaying);
 void do_help(void);
 void help_init(void);
 functionptrtype parse_help_input(int *kbinput);
@@ -392,20 +359,21 @@ void do_last_line(void);
 void do_page_up(void);
 void do_page_down(void);
 #ifndef DISABLE_JUSTIFY
-void do_para_begin(bool allow_update);
+void do_para_begin(bool update_screen);
 void do_para_begin_void(void);
-void do_para_end(bool allow_update);
+void do_para_end(bool update_screen);
 void do_para_end_void(void);
 #endif
 void do_prev_block(void);
 void do_next_block(void);
-void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update);
+void do_prev_word(bool allow_punct, bool update_screen);
 void do_prev_word_void(void);
-bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool allow_update);
+bool do_next_word(bool allow_punct, bool update_screen);
 void do_next_word_void(void);
-void ensure_line_is_visible(void);
-void do_home(void);
-void do_end(void);
+void do_home(bool be_clever);
+void do_home_void(void);
+void do_end(bool be_clever);
+void do_end_void(void);
 void do_up(bool scroll_only);
 void do_up_void(void);
 void do_down(bool scroll_only);
@@ -417,9 +385,8 @@ void do_scroll_down(void);
 void do_left(void);
 void do_right(void);
 
-/* All functions in nano.c. */
+/* Most functions in nano.c. */
 filestruct *make_new_node(filestruct *prevnode);
-filestruct *copy_node(const filestruct *src);
 void splice_node(filestruct *afterthis, filestruct *newnode);
 void unlink_node(filestruct *fileptr);
 void delete_node(filestruct *fileptr);
@@ -429,36 +396,24 @@ void renumber(filestruct *fileptr);
 partition *partition_filestruct(filestruct *top, size_t top_x,
 	filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x);
 void unpartition_filestruct(partition **p);
-void move_to_filestruct(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
+void extract_buffer(filestruct **file_top, filestruct **file_bot,
 	filestruct *top, size_t top_x, filestruct *bot, size_t bot_x);
-void copy_from_filestruct(filestruct *somebuffer);
+void ingraft_buffer(filestruct *somebuffer);
+void copy_from_buffer(filestruct *somebuffer);
 openfilestruct *make_new_opennode(void);
 void unlink_opennode(openfilestruct *fileptr);
 void delete_opennode(openfilestruct *fileptr);
 void print_view_warning(void);
 void show_restricted_warning(void);
-#ifdef DISABLE_HELP
+#ifndef ENABLE_HELP
 void say_there_is_no_help(void);
 #endif
 void finish(void);
 void die(const char *msg, ...);
 void die_save_file(const char *die_filename, struct stat *die_stat);
 void window_init(void);
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
-void disable_mouse_support(void);
-void enable_mouse_support(void);
-void mouse_init(void);
-#endif
-void print_opt_full(const char *shortflag
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-	, const char *longflag
-#endif
-	, const char *desc);
-void usage(void);
-void version(void);
 void do_exit(void);
 void close_and_go(void);
-void signal_init(void);
 RETSIGTYPE handle_hupterm(int signal);
 RETSIGTYPE do_suspend(int signal);
 RETSIGTYPE do_continue(int signal);
@@ -475,13 +430,13 @@ void enable_flow_control(void);
 void terminal_init(void);
 void unbound_key(int code);
 int do_input(bool allow_funcs);
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
 int do_mouse(void);
 #endif
 void do_output(char *output, size_t output_len, bool allow_cntrls);
 
 /* Most functions in prompt.c. */
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
 int do_statusbar_mouse(void);
 #endif
 void do_statusbar_output(int *the_input, size_t input_len,
@@ -501,12 +456,8 @@ void do_statusbar_verbatim_input(void);
 size_t statusbar_xplustabs(void);
 size_t get_statusbar_page_start(size_t start_col, size_t column);
 void reinit_statusbar_x(void);
-void reset_statusbar_cursor(void);
 void update_the_statusbar(void);
-int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
-	bool allow_files,
-#endif
+int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs, bool allow_files,
 	int menu, const char *curranswer,
 #ifndef DISABLE_HISTORIES
 	filestruct **history_list,
@@ -515,28 +466,20 @@ int do_prompt(bool allow_tabs,
 int do_yesno_prompt(bool all, const char *msg);
 
 /* Most functions in rcfile.c. */
-#if !defined(DISABLE_NANORC) || !defined(DISABLE_HISTORIES)
-char *parse_next_word(char *ptr);
-#endif
-#ifndef DISABLE_NANORC
+#ifdef ENABLE_NANORC
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
 bool parse_color_names(char *combostr, short *fg, short *bg, bool *bright);
 void grab_and_store(const char *kind, char *ptr, regexlisttype **storage);
 #endif
 void parse_rcfile(FILE *rcstream, bool syntax_only);
 void do_rcfiles(void);
-#endif /* !DISABLE_NANORC */
+#endif /* ENABLE_NANORC */
 
-/* All functions in search.c. */
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
-bool regexp_init(const char *regexp);
-void regexp_cleanup(void);
-#endif
+/* Most functions in search.c. */
 void not_found_msg(const char *str);
 void search_replace_abort(void);
-int search_init(bool replacing, bool use_answer);
-int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, size_t *match_len,
-	const filestruct *begin, size_t begin_x);
+int findnextstr(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only, bool have_region,
+	size_t *match_len, bool skipone, const filestruct *begin, size_t begin_x);
 void do_search(void);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 void do_findprevious(void);
@@ -544,10 +487,6 @@ void do_findnext(void);
 #endif
 void do_research(void);
 void go_looking(void);
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
-int replace_regexp(char *string, bool create);
-#endif
-char *replace_line(const char *needle);
 ssize_t do_replace_loop(const char *needle, bool whole_word_only,
 	const filestruct *real_current, size_t *real_current_x);
 void do_replace(void);
@@ -556,9 +495,8 @@ void do_gotolinecolumn(ssize_t line, ssize_t column, bool use_answer,
 	bool interactive);
 void do_gotolinecolumn_void(void);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-bool find_bracket_match(bool reverse, const char *bracket_set);
 void do_find_bracket(void);
-#ifndef DISABLE_TABCOMP
+#ifdef ENABLE_TABCOMP
 char *get_history_completion(filestruct **h, char *s, size_t len);
 #endif
 #endif
@@ -566,8 +504,6 @@ char *get_history_completion(filestruct **h, char *s, size_t len);
 bool history_has_changed(void);
 void history_init(void);
 void history_reset(const filestruct *h);
-filestruct *find_history(const filestruct *h_start, const filestruct
-	*h_end, const char *s, size_t len);
 void update_history(filestruct **h, const char *s);
 char *get_history_older(filestruct **h);
 char *get_history_newer(filestruct **h);
@@ -575,7 +511,7 @@ void get_history_older_void(void);
 void get_history_newer_void(void);
 #endif
 
-/* All functions in text.c. */
+/* Most functions in text.c. */
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
 void do_mark(void);
 #endif
@@ -587,8 +523,7 @@ void do_cut_next_word(void);
 #endif
 void do_tab(void);
 #ifndef NANO_TINY
-void do_indent(ssize_t cols);
-void do_indent_void(void);
+void do_indent(void);
 void do_unindent(void);
 #endif
 bool white_string(const char *s);
@@ -604,7 +539,7 @@ RETSIGTYPE cancel_command(int signal);
 bool execute_command(const char *command);
 void discard_until(const undo *thisitem, openfilestruct *thefile);
 void add_undo(undo_type action);
-#ifndef DISABLE_COMMENT
+#ifdef ENABLE_COMMENT
 void update_comment_undo(ssize_t lineno);
 #endif
 void update_undo(undo_type action);
@@ -613,35 +548,21 @@ void update_undo(undo_type action);
 void wrap_reset(void);
 bool do_wrap(filestruct *line);
 #endif
-#if !defined(DISABLE_HELP) || !defined(DISABLE_WRAPJUSTIFY)
-ssize_t break_line(const char *line, ssize_t goal
-#ifndef DISABLE_HELP
-	, bool newln
-#endif
-	);
+#if defined(ENABLE_HELP) || !defined(DISABLE_WRAPJUSTIFY)
+ssize_t break_line(const char *line, ssize_t goal, bool snap_at_nl);
 #endif
 #if !defined(NANO_TINY) || !defined(DISABLE_JUSTIFY)
 size_t indent_length(const char *line);
 #endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_JUSTIFY
 void justify_format(filestruct *paragraph, size_t skip);
-size_t quote_length(const char *line);
-bool quotes_match(const char *a_line, size_t a_quote, const char
-	*b_line);
-bool indents_match(const char *a_line, size_t a_indent, const char
-	*b_line, size_t b_indent);
 bool begpar(const filestruct *const foo);
 bool inpar(const filestruct *const foo);
-void backup_lines(filestruct *first_line, size_t par_len);
-bool find_paragraph(size_t *const quote, size_t *const par);
 void do_justify(bool full_justify);
 void do_justify_void(void);
 void do_full_justify(void);
 #endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
-bool do_int_spell_fix(const char *word);
-const char *do_int_speller(const char *tempfile_name);
-const char *do_alt_speller(char *tempfile_name);
 void do_spell(void);
 #endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_COLOR
@@ -665,17 +586,7 @@ void snuggly_fit(char **str);
 void null_at(char **data, size_t index);
 void unsunder(char *str, size_t true_len);
 void sunder(char *str);
-#if !defined(NANO_TINY) && !defined(DISABLE_NANORC)
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLINE
-ssize_t ngetline(char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream);
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_GETDELIM
-ssize_t ngetdelim(char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delim, FILE *stream);
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_REGEX_H
 const char *fixbounds(const char *r);
-#endif
 #ifndef DISABLE_SPELLER
 bool is_separate_word(size_t position, size_t length, const char *buf);
 #endif
@@ -693,8 +604,10 @@ size_t actual_x(const char *s, size_t column);
 size_t strnlenpt(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
 size_t strlenpt(const char *s);
 void new_magicline(void);
-#ifndef NANO_TINY
+#if !defined(NANO_TINY) || defined(ENABLE_HELP)
 void remove_magicline(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
 void mark_order(const filestruct **top, size_t *top_x, const filestruct
 	**bot, size_t *bot_x, bool *right_side_up);
 #endif
@@ -710,34 +623,25 @@ void dump_filestruct_reverse(void);
 /* Most functions in winio.c. */
 void get_key_buffer(WINDOW *win);
 size_t get_key_buffer_len(void);
-void unget_input(int *input, size_t input_len);
 void unget_kbinput(int kbinput, bool metakey);
-int *get_input(WINDOW *win, size_t input_len);
 int get_kbinput(WINDOW *win);
 int parse_kbinput(WINDOW *win);
 int arrow_from_abcd(int kbinput);
 int parse_escape_sequence(WINDOW *win, int kbinput);
 int get_byte_kbinput(int kbinput);
-#ifdef ENABLE_UTF8
-long add_unicode_digit(int kbinput, long factor, long *uni);
-long get_unicode_kbinput(WINDOW *win, int kbinput);
-#endif
 int get_control_kbinput(int kbinput);
-void unparse_kbinput(char *output, size_t output_len);
 int *get_verbatim_kbinput(WINDOW *win, size_t *kbinput_len);
 int *parse_verbatim_kbinput(WINDOW *win, size_t *count);
-#ifndef DISABLE_MOUSE
+#ifdef ENABLE_MOUSE
 int get_mouseinput(int *mouse_x, int *mouse_y, bool allow_shortcuts);
 #endif
 const sc *get_shortcut(int *kbinput);
-void blank_line(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n);
-void blank_titlebar(void);
+void blank_row(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n);
 void blank_edit(void);
 void blank_statusbar(void);
 void blank_bottombars(void);
 void check_statusblank(void);
-char *display_string(const char *buf, size_t start_col, size_t span,
-	bool dollars);
+char *display_string(const char *buf, size_t column, size_t span, bool isdata);
 void titlebar(const char *path);
 extern void set_modified(void);
 void statusbar(const char *msg);
@@ -745,46 +649,71 @@ void warn_and_shortly_pause(const char *msg);
 void statusline(message_type importance, const char *msg, ...);
 void bottombars(int menu);
 void onekey(const char *keystroke, const char *desc, int length);
-void reset_cursor(void);
-void edit_draw(filestruct *fileptr, const char *converted, int
-	line, size_t start);
+void place_the_cursor(bool forreal);
+void edit_draw(filestruct *fileptr, const char *converted,
+	int line, size_t from_col);
 int update_line(filestruct *fileptr, size_t index);
-bool need_horizontal_scroll(const size_t old_column, const size_t new_column);
-void edit_scroll(scroll_dir direction, ssize_t nlines);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+int update_softwrapped_line(filestruct *fileptr);
+#endif
+bool line_needs_update(const size_t old_column, const size_t new_column);
+int go_back_chunks(int nrows, filestruct **line, size_t *leftedge);
+int go_forward_chunks(int nrows, filestruct **line, size_t *leftedge);
+bool less_than_a_screenful(size_t was_lineno, size_t was_leftedge);
+void edit_scroll(scroll_dir direction, int nrows);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+size_t get_softwrap_breakpoint(const char *text, size_t leftedge,
+				bool *end_of_line);
+size_t get_chunk_and_edge(size_t column, filestruct *line, size_t *leftedge);
+size_t chunk_for(size_t column, filestruct *line);
+size_t leftedge_for(size_t column, filestruct *line);
+size_t number_of_chunks_in(filestruct *line);
+void ensure_firstcolumn_is_aligned(void);
+#endif
+size_t actual_last_column(size_t leftedge, size_t column);
 void edit_redraw(filestruct *old_current);
 void edit_refresh(void);
 void adjust_viewport(update_type location);
 void total_redraw(void);
 void total_refresh(void);
 void display_main_list(void);
-void do_cursorpos(bool constant);
+void do_cursorpos(bool force);
 void do_cursorpos_void(void);
-void spotlight(bool active, const char *word);
+void spotlight(bool active, size_t from_col, size_t to_col);
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
+void spotlight_softwrapped(bool active, size_t from_col, size_t to_col);
+#endif
 void xon_complaint(void);
 void xoff_complaint(void);
 void do_suspend_void(void);
-void enable_nodelay(void);
-void disable_nodelay(void);
+void disable_waiting(void);
+void enable_waiting(void);
 #ifndef DISABLE_EXTRA
 void do_credits(void);
 #endif
 
-/* May as well throw these here, since they are just placeholders. */
+/* These are just name definitions. */
 void do_cancel(void);
 void case_sens_void(void);
 void regexp_void(void);
+void backwards_void(void);
+void flip_replace(void);
 void gototext_void(void);
+#ifdef ENABLE_BROWSER
 void to_files_void(void);
+void goto_dir_void(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef NANO_TINY
 void dos_format_void(void);
 void mac_format_void(void);
 void append_void(void);
 void prepend_void(void);
 void backup_file_void(void);
+void flip_execute(void);
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_MULTIBUFFER
+void flip_newbuffer(void);
+#endif
 void discard_buffer(void);
-void new_buffer_void(void);
-void backwards_void(void);
-void goto_dir_void(void);
-void flip_replace_void(void);
-void flip_execute_void(void);
 
 #endif /* !PROTO_H */